Faculty of Biotechnology: Courses Classification According To: Levels

Faculty of
BIOTECHNOLOGY
D6-Course specifications
(Total of 53 courses)
Courses classification according to:

Levels
LEVEL ONE
Faculty of BIOTECHNOLOGY
Course Specifications
1. Course Data
Programme BSc. Hons. Biotechnology (P11493)
Code(s)
Programme Title Biotechnology
Host Faculty Biotechnology

Host Department Biotechnology
Course Code: BIO_101
Course Title Botany
Course Leader Dr. Amgad Rady & Dr. Ahmed Gomaa
Course Level: 3 √ 4 5 6 7 Year 1/Sem 1
Credit 3
Units/Hours:
Contact Hours: Theoretical: 2 Practical: 2 Tutorial: Independent
1 1 study: 1
Pre-requisite/s Non 2 2 2
3 3 3
2. Aims/Objectives:
The main objective of this course is to provide the basic knowledge about the relationship between
different groups of organisms such as bacteria, fungi, algae and plants. The course helps to explore the
plant morphology in comparison with other organisms such as algae, fungi, etc. The course demonstrates
application of plant biotechnology in agriculture, and indicates the economic importance of algae and
fungi and their importance in biotechnology. The course prepares students for higher biotechnology
courses in advanced levels.
3. Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs):
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to:
A. Knowledge & By the end of this course students should be able to show knowledge of:
Understanding: 1.Cell structures, plant morphology and plant tissues
B. Cognitive Skills 1. Determine different parts of the plants and their abnormalities
2. Point out different micro-organisms that can affect plants
3. Prepare peppermint oil extracted from peppermint leaves
C. Professional 1. Compose a sketch that consists of different plant structures under microscope
Skills and morphologically.
2. Evaluate plant cell wall structure via microscope.
D. General and 1. Demonstrate the ability to work in a team.
Communication
Skills
Page 2 of 407
BIO_101, BIOLOGY I, 2017 FACULTY OF BIOTECHNOLOGY
4. Indicative Content:
Theoretical Content ILOs Practical Content ILOs
1. Introduction to Botany A1 & Plant Morphology A1 &
B1 B1
2. Taxonomy of living organisms A1 & Root regions A1, B1,
B1 B2, C2,
C1 &
D1.
3. Bacteria B2, C2 Bacteria B2, C1
&D1. &D1.
4. Modifications in plants A1, B1, Modifications in plants. A1, B1,
C2, C2 C2, C1
&D1. & D1.
5. Plant kingdom A1, B1, Plant cell. A1, B1,
C2, C1 C2, C1
& D1. & D1.
6. Plant stems and roots A1, B1, Plant root and shoot A1, B1,
C2, C1 C2, B4,
&D1. C1 &
D1.
7. Fungi B2, C2 Fungi and algae A1, B1,
& D1. C2, C1
& D1.
8. Algae B2, C2
& D1.
Page 3 of 407
5. Learning and Teaching Activities
Week Lecture Laboratory
1 Introduction to Botany Lab (1): Plant Morphology
2 Taxonomy of living Lab (2): Root regions

organisms
Modifications in plants Lab (3): Modifications in plants.
Assignment 1T Practical: Extraction of peppermint oil from peppermint leaves.

3
Assignment 1P
REVISION REVISION
4 Quiz 1T
Quiz 1P
Plant kingdom 1/2 Lab (4): Plant cell.

5
Practical: Microscopic identification of onion tissue.
Plant kingdom2/2 Lab (5): Plant root.
6 Practical: Microscopic identification of root.
Plant stems and roots Lab (6): Plant shoot.
7 Quiz 2T Practical: Microscopic identification of shoot.

Assignment 2T
8&9 MIDTERM EXAMS
Page 4 of 407
REVISION REVISION
10
QUIZ 2P
Bacteria Lab (7): Bacteria
11 Practical: cocci and bacilli bacteria identification under

microscope.
Fungi Lab (8): Fungi and algae
12 Practical: Microscopic identification
Assignment 2P
Algae Lab (9): Revision
13 Submission of sketch
Quiz 2P
14 Revision Practical exam
15 FINAL TERM EXAMS
*The subject of the assignments and projects will be defined by the instructor.
**Each student should submit a sketch each lab session on the previous one and at the end of the semester
they should submit the full sketch (Practical).
Page 5 of 407
6. Teaching Strategies:
CILOs Teaching Strategy/ies
A.1 Lectures, labs, discussion and moodle system.

B.1 Lectures, labs, discussion and moodle system.
C.1 Sketch, labs, discussion and moodle system.
C.2 Labs, discussion and project.
D.1 Introducing different questions to help the students think wisely before answering, focusing on
understanding instead of memorizing.
7. Strategies for Teaching Students with Special Needs

MSA policies and regulations require that any student with a physical, mental or emotional disability and
in need of assistance is provisioned special sessions within the context of the personal tutoring system. In
a more standard form, disabilities are given special considerations with respect to examinations,
attendance, marking, and texting proximity provided that appropriate notifications are priory given.
Further details and policies can be viewed in students support handbook.
Regarding the Botany course, there is a practical part that is incorporated. Students have enough space in
the lab in order to circulate using a wheel chair. Faculty staff, including lab technicians, is trained well in
order to help students with special challenges.
8. Required Resources/ Facilities

Computers and projectors
Laboratories, plant samples
Microscopic slides
Kits
E- learning
Page 6 of 407
9. Assessment Methods and Tools:

Assessment Assessment Grading Pass Assessment
CILOs Timing Weight
Method/s Tool Mode Mark Type
Short Summative
A1 Assignment.1P Marks Week 4 1%
descriptive note with feedback
A1, B1 Summative
Quiz.1P Short notes Marks Week 4 2%
& B2 with feedback
A1, B1 Summative
Quiz.1T Short notes Marks Week 3 5%
& B2 with feedback
Short Summative
A1 Assignment.1T Marks Week 3 2.5%
Plant parts,
C2, C1 Summative All
Sketch. P drawings and Marks 4%
& D1 with feedback weeks
protocol(s).
Essay
A1, B1 Week
Midterm exam questions, and Marks Summative 20%
& B2 7,8
MCQs
Summative
A1 Assignment.2P Solve a problem Marks Week 9 1%
with feedback
A1, B1 Summative Week
Quiz.2P Short notes Marks 2%
& B2 with feedback 10
Short Summative
A1 Assignment.2T Marks Week 6 2.5%
A1, B1 Summative
Quiz.2T Short notes Marks Week 6 5%
& B2 with feedback
Essay
A1, B1 Final practical Week
questions, Marks Summative 15%
& B2 exam 12
MCQ, cases
Essay
A1, B1 Week
Final Exam questions, Marks 12 Summative 40%
& B2 15
MCQ, cases.
Page 7 of 407
Total 100%
Are students required to pass all components in order to pass the course? No
10. Indicative Course Materials and Reading Texts:

1. Notes Lecture and laboratory notes
2. Course Textbook Murray, N. (2003). Introduction to Botany. United States, Pearson. Benjamin
Cummings.
3. Suggested Uno, G., Storey, R. and More, R. (2000). Principles of Botany. Canada,
Reference Books McGraw-Hill.
4. Suggested Non
Periodicals/
Journals
5. Useful Websites https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=IzK304kozF8
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=PrX3h-AflZI&t=28s
11. Banner Data

Course Status Core ✓ Option
Replacement for existing course? Yes No ✓
IF YES - Course being replaced
IF Course is a replacement for an existing

course, Programme(s) affected
Transfer students to new course? Yes No ✓
Effective Start Date First day of classes
Term of Delivery Fall
Donor Teaching Faculty of Biotechnology
Donor Department Basic Sciences
Page 8 of 407
Partner College School of Sciences, Greenwich
Linked Course N/A
External Examiner David Hughes
12. KIS Data

Activity Contact Hours Overall percentage of total
Scheduled teaching 2 50%
Guided Independent Study 0 0%
Practical Work 2 50%
Tutorials 0 0%
Placement / Year Abroad 0 0%
Total 4 100%
Course Instructor: Dr. Amgad Rady & Ahmed Gomaa
Head of the Academic Department:
Page 9 of 407
1. Course Data
Program Code(s) BSc. Hons. Biotechnology (P11493)

Course Code BIO102b
Course Title Biology 2 (Zoology)
Course Leader Dr. Gehan Safwat
Credit Units/Hours: 3
1 1 study: 1
Pre-requisite/s None 2 2 2
3 3 3
2. Aims/Objectives:
This course allows the students to study the animal cell’s structure. During this course, the students will
explore the animal cellular contents and functions. They will start to recognize the different animal
tissues, organs and systems theoretically and practically. Moreover, the course will also introduce them to
the development of animal tissues through studying reproduction and embryonic development. This
course integrates different aspects such as anatomy and physiology, ecology to study the whole structure
and development of animal cells and tissues.
A. Knowledge & By the end of this course students should be able to show knowledge
Understanding: of:
1. The anatomy of the animal cell and the functions of different
organelles.
2. The mechanisms owing to animal tissue development.
3. The evolution’s theory with animal development.
B. Cognitive Skills 1. Distinguish between different animal tissues and systems by
sketching them.
C. Professional 1. Develop lab skills in dissection backed up with knowledge about
Skills animal cell anatomy, different organs and systems.
1. 2. General and 1. Integrate the library and internet resources to develop independent
Communicatio study skills.
2. n Skills 2. Demonstrate the ability to work in groups
Page 10 of 407
BIO_102, BIOLOGY II, 2017 FACULTY OF BIOTECHNOLOGY
1. Introduction to the cell and its A.1 General Introduction about A.1,
contents. &A.2 genetics labs & Lab Safety A.2
Rules. B.1 &
Beginning section 1: C.1
Anatomy
The muscular system of the
frog (Buforegularis)
Starting first session in
dissection.
2. Cell physiology. A.2 & The General Viscera of the A.2,

C.1 Frog. B.1 &
C.1
3. Reproduction and embryonic A.2 & The Urinogenital System of A.2 &
development B.1 the Frog (male & female). B.1
4. Different tissues of the body B.1 & The Nervous System of the A.2,
C.1 Frog. B.1 &
C.2
5. Evolution and diversity A.3 The Skeletal System of the A.2,
Frog. B.1 &
C.1
6. Ecology and Environmental A.3 Beginning section; C.1
relationships Histology.
Beginning section; A.3,
Parasitology. B.1
Introduction to the course materials Introduction to the laboratory work.

1 ● Coursework breakdown
• Course breakdown ● Course curriculum
• Course Curriculum ● How to write a lab report**
Introduction to animal cell and its Sessions of dissection

2 contents Section 1: Anatomy
The muscular system of the frog
(Buforegularis)
Page 11 of 407
Assignment 1 (T)
Body physiology The General Viscera of the Frog.

• The functions of different
organs among various body Assignment 1 (P)
3
systems.
Quiz 1 (T)
Reproduction The Urinogenital System of the Frog (male

4 • Sexual and asexual reproduction & female).
Quiz 1 (P)
Embryonic development The Nervous System of the Frog.

5 • Prenatal and fetal development
6 Revision The Skeletal System of the Frog.
7&8 MIDTERM EXAMS
Various tissues and body physiology. Section 2: Histology part I

9 • Different types of tissues Quiz 2 (P)
Assignment 2 (P)
Evolution and diversity Histology part II

• Biodiversity at different levels
10 of biological organizations.
Quiz 2 (T)
*Assignment 2 (T)
Evolution and diversity Parasitology

11 • Charles Darwin’s theory and the
four recognized evolutionary
processes.
Revision
12 Ecology and Environmental
relationships
• Life processes, interactions and
Page 12 of 407
adaptations
Revision Practical final exams

13 Portfolio submission
14 FINAL TERM EXAMS

*The subject of the assignments and projects is defined by the instructor.
**Each student should submit a lab report each lab session on the previous one.
A.1 Lectures, active learning, discussions, and integrating technology.

A.2 Lectures, active learning, discussions and integrating technology.
B.1 Discussion, lab experiments and dissection
C.1 Lab experiments and dissection.
D.1 Cooperative learning.
D.2 Cooperative learning, active learning, and integrating technology.

Computers
Projectors
Laboratories, dissection tools, and microscopes
Buforegularis (Frogs)
Chemicals and reagents
University library
E-learning and moodle system
8. Strategy/ies for Teaching Students with Special Needs

As part of the MSA standard policies, any student with a physical, mental or emotional challenge
receives assistance during provisioned special sessions within the context of the personal tutoring
system.
In a more generic form, any challenges or difficulties are given special consideration with
Page 13 of 407
respect to examinations, attendance, marking and texting proximity provided in response to prior
appropriate notification. Moreover, as there is a practical part incorporated in this course, special
tables were designed for those who have physical challenges with sufficient spaces within the lab
to ensure their comfort.

CILOs Assessment Assessment Grading Pass Assessment Timing Weight
A.1 & Assignment Define… Grade N/A Summative Week 2
A.2 1 (T)
B.1 Assignment Compare….. Grade N/A Summative Week 10%
2 (T) 10
A.1, Quiz 1 (T) Short Notes, Grade N/A Summative Week 3

A.2 MCQs with 5%
feedback
A.3 Quiz 2 (T) Short Notes, Grade N/A Summative Week
T&F with with 10
justification. feedback
A.1, Mid Term MCQs, Short Grade 10 Summative Week 7 20 %
A.2 & Exam notes, Diagrams.
A.3
B.1 Assignment Explain…… N/A Summative Week 3
1 (P) Grade 5%
B.1 & Assignment Sketch…… N/A Summative Week 8
C.1 2 (P) with
feedback
A.1 Quiz 1 (P) MCQs, T&F Summative Week 4
Grade N/A with 5%
feedback
B.1 & Quiz 2 (P) Sketching Week 9
C.1
A.1, Final Exam MCQs, T&F Letter 12 Summative Week 40%
A.2, (T) with justification, Grading 14
A.3 & and diagrams.
C.1
A.1, Final Exam Dissection, Grade N/A Summative Week 15 %
B.1 & (P) sketching, 13
C.1 microscopic
analysis
Total 100%
Page 14 of 407

1. Notes Powerpoint presentations prepared by the lecturer
2. Course Textbook Course E-library and MSA official text book.
Miller, S. and Harley, J. (2007). Zoology. Dubuque, IA: Wm. C.
Brown Publishers.
3. Suggested Reference Hickman, C., Roberts, L., Keen, S., Eisenhour, D., Larson, A.,
Books I'Anson, H., Hickman, C. and Hickman, C. (2013). Integrated
principles of zoology.
4. Suggested Periodicals/ Journal of Zoology
Journals
5. Useful Websites NCBI
11. Banner Data

IF Course is a replacement for an

existing course, Programme(s) affected
Transfer students to new course? Yes ✓ No
Linked Course N/A
Page 15 of 407
12. KIS Data

Activity Hours Overall percentage of total
Scheduled teaching 2 50 %
Practical Work 2 50 %
Tutorials 0 0%
Total 4 100%
Course Instructor: Dr. Gehan Safwat
Page 16 of 407
1. Course Data
Programme Code(s) BSc. Hons. Biotechnology (P11493)
Program Biotechnology
Course Code: CHM101b
Course Title General Chemistry
Course Leader Dr. Riham Mohsen

1 1 study: 1
Pre-requisite/s None 2 2 2
3 3 3
2. Aims/Objectives:
The aim of the course is to introduce the students to the some basic concepts of matter, the atom
and its configuration, quantum numbers, stoichiometry, balancing equations and acids and bases.
They also get introduced to properties of different organic classes of molecules, and how the
functional groups affect such properties. Additionally, the course will provide a clear insight on
how the organic molecules are formed, different reaction mechanisms.

Understanding: of:
1. The matter and its properties, Quantum Numbers, types of

chemical bonds and its cleavage and organic reactions for, different
Page 17 of 407
CHM101B, GENERAL CHEMITRY , 2017 FACULTY OF BIOTECHNOLOGY
functional groups, and organic compounds.
2. The nomenclature rules of organic molecules, the reaction

mechanisms of different organic compounds and types of isomers.
B. Cognitive Skills 1. Relate the functional groups to the chemical properties of and
reactions of different classes of molecules. .
2. Outline the matter and its properties, the rules of assigning an

oxidation number of an atom in a substance and the nomenclature
and classification of aromatic and aliphatic organic molecules. .
C. Professional Skills 1. Apply the theoretical information studied on the identification of

different groups’ as well different organic compounds.
2. Use the results of the specific reactions to distinguish between

unknowns of different organic compounds
D. General and 1. Demonstrate self-motivation for independent self-learning.

Communication
Skills 2. Show time management skills by meeting deadlines..
Matter and its properties A. 1, & 1. Lab Biosafety rules & D. 1

B.2 Introduction to laboratory
Glassware.
The Quantum Numbers. A. 1& 2. Carbonate and C. 1&

B.1,2 Bicarbonate Group.
D. 1
Types of different organic reactions. A. 1,2 & 3. Sulphur Containing C. 1,&D.

Group 1
B. 1,2
Nomenclature of organic compounds A. 2& B. 4. Nitrogen containing C. 1,2 &

according to IUPAC rules. 2 anions D. 1
Structure and methods of preparation of A. 1, 2 & 5. Hydrocarbons and C. 1,2 &
Page 18 of 407
different classes of organic compounds B.1,2 Alcohols D. 1
Saturated and unsaturated hydrocarbons. A. 1, 2 & 6. Aldehydes and Ketones C. 1,2 &
B. 1,2
D. 1
Alkyl halides, alcohols, ethers, aldehydes, A. 1, 2 & 7. Carboxylic acids C. 1,2 &
ketones and amines. B. 1, 2 D. 1
Carboxylic acids and their derivatives. A. 1, 2 & 8- Practicing the scheme C.1,C.2&
B. 1, 2 for unknown organic
D.1,D.2
Isomerism. A.1,B.1 Revision C.1,C.2&
D.1,D.2
Aromatic organic chemistry. A1, B2 Revision C.1,C.2&
D.1,D.2
Matter and its properties Introduction to the laboratory work.
Atoms, Molecules and Ions Coursework breakdown

1
Dalton's Atomic Theory Course curriculum
The Isotopes How to write a lab report**
The Quantum Numbers (1) Carbonate and Bicarbonate
Pauli Exclusion Principle Dry reaction, effect of HCl

2 Hund's Rule Wet reaction1: Salt solution + BaCl2
The Electron Configuration of Some Wet reaction: S.S. + AgNO3

Elements
Page 19 of 407
* Assignment 1P
Types of Elements According to their (2) Sulphur containing anions

Electron Configurations
Dry reaction, effect of HCl
-Molecules and Molecular compounds
Reducing properties Detection
-Chemical bonds
3 Wet Reactions : S.S. + AgNO3
-Names and Formulas of Ionic
Compounds
Quiz 1T
* Assignment 1T
Stoichiometry (3)Nitrogen containing anions
Chemical Stoichiometry: Dry reaction, effect of HCl
4 Percentage Composition from Formulas Dry reaction, effect of H2SO4
Avogadro's number and the Mole Wet reactions ,KI Test
Types of Chemical Formulas
Balancing equations and Chemical (4) Alcohols

Formula
Lucas Test
5 Chemical equations
Chemical reactions in aqueous solutions
Molar Concentration (Molarity)
Acids and Bases (5)Aldehydes and ketones
6 Neutralization 2,4-DNPH Test
Redox Reactions Tollens' Reagent Test
Page 20 of 407
Rules to assign the oxidation number Fehling’s Test
Quiz 1P
7&8 MIDTERM EXAMS
Organic Chemistry (5)Carboxylic acid
Electron Configuration of Carbon Acidity Test

9
Structural Formula – Isomerism •
Isomerism • *Assignment 2P
Organic Chemistry (6) Revision
Classification of Organic Compounds
The four types of hydrocarbons

10
Classification of carbon Atoms
• Quiz 2T
* Assignment 2T “Due date week 12”
Organic Chemistry (7) Revision
Alkenes
11
Alkynes
Hydrocarbon Derivatives ( Alcohols)
Page 21 of 407
Organic Chemistry Quiz 2P
Aldehydes, Ketones * Practicing a scheme for identification

12 of unknown organic compound
Carboxiylic Acids and Their derivatives
Amines & their derivatives
Revision Portfolio submission

13
Practical Exams
14 FINAL TERM EXAMS
A.1 Presentation, interactive learning, learning groups, videos
B.1 Active learning/ Moodle
C.1 Hand out/ Practical Lab
C.2 Hand out /Practical Lab
D.1 Active learning and/discussions with TAs
D.2 Preparing and presenting selected topics/ guidance of TAs

Students with some physical challenges are met every now and then to ensure that they receive
Page 22 of 407
the information clearly and deal with their discomfort and Active learning/ Moodle could be of
great help for those students.
Students with any physical challenges or transient cases which render their participation in
practical activities difficult are helped by TAs or technicians and are provided with relevant
needed equipment.
Students with low self-esteem are continuously encouraged and a positive feedback on their
progress is given during lectures.

- Lecture rooms with data show and internet.
- Trained TAs and Technicians to help students with physical challenges
- Well equipped computer labs and trained technicians are available
- A special tables or seats close to the board are ready for students with any physical disability

Method/s Mode Mark Type
Tool
A.1,2& Quiz 1T Short Notes, Marks NA Summative Week 3 5%

MCQs with feed-
B. 1 back
A1.2 Assignment write on a Marks NA Summative Week 3 2%

1T selected topic with feed-
D. 1 back
A. 1, Mid Term Essay Marks NA Summative Week 7 20%

2& Exam Questions, &8
MCQ,
Diagrams.
B.1,B.2
Page 23 of 407
A. Quiz 2T Short Notes, Marks NA Summative Week 5%

1,2& MCQ and T&F with feed- 10
with back
B. justification.
1,B.2
A.2,& Assignment Preparation of a Marks NA Summative Week 3%

2T power point with feed- 12
B.2& presentation on back
D. 1, 2 a selected topic.
C. 1, 2 Assignment Write on a Marks NA Summative Week 5%

1P & 2P selected topic with feed- 2&9
D. 1, 2 related to back
experiments
C. 1, 2 Quiz 1P & Essay Marks NA Summative Week 5%

2P questions, Short with feed- 6&12
notes, Explain back
C.1, 2 Practical Short notes, Marks NA Summative Week 15%

exam Experimental with feed- 14
procedures back
A. Final Exam: Definitions, Letter 12/40 Summative Week 40%

1,2& Essay Grading 15
B. 1,2 Questions,
MCQ
Diagrams.
Total 100%

Notes Hand out of CHM101b
Course Textbook Wade, L.(2013). Organic Chemistry.(8th ed.). Prentice Hall.
Page 24 of 407
Suggested Reference Bruice, P. (2014). Organic Chemistry. (7th ed.). Pearson

Books
Suggested Periodicals/ European Journal of Organic Chemistry - Wiley Online Library

Journals
Useful Websites https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/chemistry/5-111-principles-of-chemical-

science-fall-2008/index.htm
http://www2.chemistry.msu.edu/faculty/reusch/VirtTxtJml/intro1.htm
11. Banner Data

Course Status Core Option✓

Transfer students to new course? Yes No √
Linked Course N/A
Page 25 of 407
12. KIS Data

Tutorials 0 0%
Total 4 100%
Course Instructor: Dr Riham Mohsen
Head of the Academic Department
Page 26 of 407
1. Course Data
Host Faculty BSc. Hons. Biotechnology
Course Code: CSB_100
Course Title Introduction to Information Technology
Course Leader Dr. Soha Safwat

1 1 study: 1
2 2 2
Pre-requisite/s None
3 3 3
2. Aims/Objectives:
The aim of this course is to ensure that the student is computer literate. It provides the basic
principles of the computer, information technology and systems and provides intensive exposure
to computer-related terminology and jargon. The course also introduced the student to the
Internet, the World Wide Web, and their basic applications such as browsing, e-mail, chats, etc.
The course emphasizes the use of the Internet for scientific and business applications such as
search and e-business, and familiarizes students with the basic hardware components and how
they operate. The course also focuses on how to choose the appropriate computer configuration
and the correct peripherals for the job, and introduces computer and data networking and
communication principles.

Page 27 of 407
CSB_100, INTRODUCTION TO INFORMATION
FACULTY OF BIOTECHNOLOGY
TECHNOLOGY, 2017
Understanding: of:
1. Search techniques, such as using search engines, meta-search

engines, subject directories, and searchable database and their
applications in the bio-: medical, pharmaceutical, agricultural,
industrial and envirnomental fields.
B. Cognitive Skills 1. Differentiate between search engines, meta-search engines,

subject directories, and searchable database.
C. Professional 1. Apply on popular computer application packages, namely,

Skills Microsoft Office: including word processor, spreadsheet,
presentation, graphics.
2. Use the basic computer productivity tools and applications (word

processing, spreadsheets, presentations, and graphics).
D. General and 1. Use a networked computer to communicate with others and

Communication connect to the Internet.
Skills
World of computers - A brief overview of the A.1, How to use computers? A.1,
information society, networking, computer B.1 C.1
essentials, micros to supercomputers,
capabilities and uses, a computer system at
work
Introduction to the Internet: definitions, A.1, Exercises on website A.1,

applications, website classification, and D.1 classification, and searching the D.2
searching the Internet Internet
Inside the computer - details about data B.1, Describing the processor B.1,
storage, encoding systems, analyzing a C.1 (distinguishing characteristics), C.1
computer system inside the PC (system board-
Page 28 of 407
TECHNOLOGY, 2017
buses-cards).
Computers and programming languages B.2, Applications between several A.1,

C.2 types of programming B.1
languages
Brief overview of data communications B.1, Practical training on A.1,

hardware C.1, communications hardware C.1
D.1
Computer Networks & local area networks. A.1, Exercises on local area B.1,
D.1 networks. C.1
Productivity tools and the Internet. A.1, Practical training on B.1,

C.2 productivity tools C.1
Windows operating systems B.1, Practical training on Windows D.1,

C.1 operating systems C.2
Week Lecture Tutorial
Course Outlines Review Introduction to the course

1
Course Breakdown Course Breakdown
• World of computers - A brief • Introduction to the course

overview of the information
2
society, networking, computer
essentials
• micros to supercomputers, How to use computers?

3 capabilities and uses, a computer
system at work
4 • Introduction to the Internet: • Exercises on website classification,

definitions, applications, website
Page 29 of 407
TECHNOLOGY, 2017
classification. and searching the Internet
• searching the Internet • inside the PC (system board-buses-

5
cards).
• data storage, encoding systems, • Assignment 1 “Due date week 10”

6 analyzing a computer system
• Quiz (1)
7&8 MIDTERM EXAMS
• Computers and programming • Applications between several types of

9
languages programming languages
• Brief overview of data • Practical training on communications

10
communications hardware hardware
• productivity tools and the • * Assignment 2 “Due date week 14”

11 Internet.
• *Quiz 2
12 • Windows operating systems Revision
13 • Revision Portfolio submission
14 FINAL TERM EXAMS
*The subjects of the assignments or projects are defined by the instructor.
6. Teaching Strategy/ies
CILOs
Teaching Strategy/ies
Page 30 of 407
TECHNOLOGY, 2017
A.1 Active learning / Moodle
B.1 Research & Projects

Computer based Modelling
C.1 Research & Projects
C.2 Computer based Modelling
D.1 Discussion
Presentations

-Students with low self-esteem are continuously encouraged and a positive feedback on their
- Students with some physical disability are met every now and then to ensure that they receive
the information clearly and deal with their discomfort.
- Active learning/ Moodle is great for those students.
- Students with any physical disability or transient cases which make their participation in
activities difficult are helped by a T.A.
- Students with poor computer skills or difficulty preparing or presenting their work are assured
and helped by TAs and computer lab technicians.

-Lecture rooms with a data show and chairs or tables for students with disabilities.
- Well equipped library and access to library databases.
- Well equipped computer labs and trained technicians for students with poor computer skills.
Page 31 of 407
TECHNOLOGY, 2017

Tool
A.1 Quiz 1: Problems, Marks Summative Week 2.5%

MCQs 3
with feed-
back
B.1 Assignment Group Letter Summative Week 2.5 %

1 presentation Grading 6
with feed-
back
B.2 Assignment Analytical Marks Summative Week 2.5 %

2 thinking 10
C.1 Quiz 2 Critical Marks Summative Week 2.5%

thinking 11
Problems, with feed-
MCQs back
A1, B1, Mid Term Problems, Marks Summative Week 7

B2 Exam MCQs &
Definations 20%
C.2 Practical Rubric Marks Summative Week 25%

Exam 14
D.1 Oral Rubric Marks Summative Week 5%

Presentation 13
with feed-
back
A1, B1, Final Exam: Problems, Letter 12 Summative Week 40%

B2, C1, MCQs, Grading 16
C2 Diagrams &
Definations
Total 100%
Page 32 of 407
TECHNOLOGY, 2017
10 Indicative Course Materials and Reading Texts:

1. Notes Lecture Presentations , Tutorial Sheets, Handouts
2. Course Textbook H. L. Capron. (1998). Computers: Tools for an Information Age

(Brief Edition)
3. Suggested Reference NA
Books
4. Suggested Periodicals/ NA
Journals
5. Useful Websites NA
11. Banner Data


Donor Department
Linked Course N/A
Page 33 of 407
TECHNOLOGY, 2017
12. KIS Data

Tutorials 0 0%
Total 4 100 %
Course Instructor: Dr. Soha Rafaat
Page 34 of 407
TECHNOLOGY, 2017
Course Specification
1. Course Data
Code(s)
Programme Title BSc. Hons. Biotechnology
Host Faculty Faculty of Languages
Host Department Faculty of Languages
Course Code: ENG_101b

Course Title English for Academic Purposes
Course Leader Dr. Mirette Sobhy
Credit 3
Units/Hours:
Contact Hours: Theoretical: 3 Practical: Tutorial: 1 Independent 1
1 2 study: 2
N/A 2 3 3
Pre-requisite/s
3
2. Aims/Objectives:
The aim of the course is to enable students to write a fully developed five-paragraph academic essay with
different rhetorical modes while being able to edit their writing to improve their writing skills.
Understanding: 1. The subject; demonstrate an understanding of unity and coherence
2. Organizing a 5-paragraph academic essay
3. Correct punctuation and sentence structure (Use formal academic style).
4. Different methods of organizing types of academic essays; Produce a
summary of texts
B. Cognitive Skills 1. Use different methods of brainstorming to generate ideas for a given
Page 35 of 407
ENG_101B ENGLISH FOR ACADEMIC
PURPOSES, 2017
topic
2. Use logical order while writing supporting sentences and elaborate to
form well unified essays
3. Use advanced vocabulary to create style in writing
C. Professional 1. Skillfully combine sentences in different ways
Skills 2. Write an essay with an effective thesis statement and edit an essay by
self-depicting and self-correcting writing skills
D. General and 3. Avoid plagiarism by learning how to generate ideas
Communication 4. Work in groups
Skills
5. Show responsibility by meeting due dates
Theoretical Content ILOs Tutorial Content ILOs
1. Rewriting techniques A. 1, 3,4 Paraphrasing exercise C. 1, 2&
& B. 1 & D. 1,2
B.4
D. 1
2. Developing adequate thesis A. 1, 2& C. 2, 3 &
statement B. 1 & Peer and self- evaluation as a D. 3,4
D. 1, D.5, method of corrective feedback
3. Organizing and connecting A. 1, 2 & Group work for class C. 3, 4 &

specific evidence B. 1, 2, 3 interaction D. 1,2,3,
& 4, 5
D. 1, 2,3
4. Writing clear, error free A. 1, 2 & Practicing exercises C. 1, 2,
sentences B. 1, 2 & 3, 4 &
D. 1 D. 1, 2,4
5. Writing a well- organized A. 1, 2 & Class presentations for eliciting C. 1, 2 &
essay D. 5, 4, 2 language D. 1,2
& D. 3
6. Writing essays A. 1, 2 & Quiz C. 1, 2 &
B. 1, 2 & D. 1,2
D. 1
7. Writing summaries A. 1, 2 & Follow-up C. 1, 2 &
B. 1, 2 & D. 1,2
Page 36 of 407
PURPOSES, 2017
D. 1
8. Intensive practice of A. 1, 2 & Administering Quiz C. 1, 2 &
summarising and paraphrasing B. 1, 2 & D. 1,2
using APA in-text and full citation D. 1
on selected sections from Source 2
1 Rewriting techniques Paraphrasing exercise
Developing adequate thesis statement

2 Peer and self- evaluation as a method of
corrective feedback
3 Organizing and connecting specific Group work for class interaction

evidence
4 Writing clear, error free sentences Practicing exercises
Writing a well- organized essay Class presentations for eliciting language

5
6 Writing essays Quiz 1
7&8 MIDTERM EXAMS
9 Feedback sessions for students to ponder on Follow-up Assignments

their errors
10 Writing summaries • Exercises on writing
Intensive practice of summarising and Exercises on paraphrasing

11 paraphrasing using APA in-text and full
citation on selected sections from Source 2
12 Feedback sessions for students to ponder on Follow-up Assignments

their errors
Page 37 of 407
PURPOSES, 2017
13 Quiz 2 Follow-up
14 Feedback sessions for students to ponder on Feedback on Quiz

their errors
15 FINAL TERM EXAMS

A.1 Presentation, interactive learning, flipped classroom, videos, writing, Lectures
A.2 Presentation, interactive learning, flipped classroom, videos
A.3 Writing
B.3 Guided Independent Study
B.4 Presentation, interactive learning, flipped classroom, videos, writing, Lectures
C.1 Presentation, interactive learning, flipped classroom, videos, writing, Lectures
C.2 Active learning/ Moodle
D.1 Presentation, interactive learning, flipped classroom, videos, writing, Lectures

-Students with low self-esteem are continuously encouraged and a positive feedback on their progress is
given during lectures.
- Students with some physical disability are met every now and then to ensure that they receive the
information clearly and deal with their discomfort.
- Students with any physical disability or transient cases which make their participation in activities
difficult will be helped by a T.A.
- Students with poor computer skills or difficulty preparing or presenting their work are assured and
helped by TAs and computer lab technicians.
Page 38 of 407
PURPOSES, 2017

- Lecture rooms with a data show and chairs or tables for students with disabilities.
- Well equipped library, and access to library databases.

B1, B4 Quiz 1 Short Notes, Marks Summative Week 6 5%
MCQ and with feed-
T&F with back
justification.
C1,2, Assignments Essay Marks Summative Week 30%
D1, 2 Questions with feed- 2,3,4,5,7,8,9,10,11
back
A1, Mid Term Essay Marks Summative Week 7 & 8 20%
A2, Exam Questions,
A3, MCQ,
A4, B4 Diagrams.
B1, Quiz 2 Short Notes, Marks Summative Week 13 5%

B2, MCQ and with feed-
A1 T&F with back
justification.
B1, Final Exam: Definitions, Letter Summative Week 15 40%
B2, Essay Grade
B3, Questions.
A1, A3
Total 100%

1. Notes Handouts contain various critical essays and editing exercises
2. Course Textbook Langan, J. (1984), College Writing Skills with Readings, 8th edition,
university of Pennsylvania: Pennsylvania, McGraw Hill International
Edition.
3. Suggested • Oshima, A., & Hogue, A (2006) Writing Academic English, 4th
Reference Books edition, Longman.
• Blanchard, K. and Root, C.(2002), Ready to Write, Longman
Page 39 of 407
PURPOSES, 2017
2002.
• Langan,J. (2014)College writing skills with readings, 9th edition,
Mcgraw-Hill, New York
• Holt, R. (2012), Elements of Language, Fourth Edition, Houghton
Mifflin Harcourt (HMH)
4. Suggested Murdoch University. (2011). APA Documentation Style. Retrieved

Periodicals/ September 12, 2011, from http://libguides.murdoch.edu. au/APA
Journals
5. Useful Websites www.edhelper.com
www.gradesaver.com
www.Ebscohost.com
http://search.ebscohost.com/
11. Banner Data

IF YES - Course being replaced N/A
IF Course is a replacement for an existing N/A

Effective Start Date First date of classes
Donor Teaching Faculty of biotechnology
Donor Department Basic science department
Linked Course N/A
External Examiner David Hughes & Laura Snyder
Page 40 of 407
PURPOSES, 2017
12. KIS Data

Scheduled teaching 2 44.44%
Guided Independent Study 1 33.33%
Practical Work 0 0%
Tutorials 1 33.33%
Placement / Year abroad 0 0%
Total 4 100%
Course Instructor: Dr. Mirette Sobhy
Page 41 of 407
PURPOSES, 2017
1. Course Data
Programme
BSc. Hons. Biotechnology (P11493)
Code(s)
Course Code: MB102
Course Title Microbiology
Course Leader Dr. Amgad M. Rady
Course Level: 3 4 √ 5 6 7 Year 1/ Sem2
Credit 4
Units/Hours:
1 study:
Pre-requisite/s 2
Botany (BIO_101)
3
2. Aims/Objectives:
This course aims to give a sound foundation to the students by classifying the various types of
microorganisms, the structure, morphology, and components of the microbial cell. The course
clarifies the different environmental and chemical factors affecting the microbial growth and
relates how microorganism maintains itself in a balanced state in the biosphere. The course
provides a strong practical element, with an emphasis on developing the skills needed in a
laboratory and gaining hands-on experience of diagnostic techniques.
1. Knowledge & By the end of this course students should be able to show knowledge of:
Understanding:
1. Classification of Microorganisms.
2. Differences between the various structures and components of the
microbial cell (Prokaryotic and Eukaryotic).
Page 42 of 407
MB102, MICROBIOLOGY, 2017 FACULTY OF BIOTECHNOLOGY
3. The detection of microbial growth and growth curve.

4. The identification of the life cycle of the microorganisms such as
(Bacteria, Virus & Fungi)
5. The medical importance or toxins which may be produced by a
microorganism.
2. Cognitive Skills 1. Distinguish the suitable sterilization way for the object.
2. Predict the different shapes of bacterial by the aid of the different
kinds of stains
3. Professional 1. Prepare different types of culture media (for bacteria and fungi).
Skills
2. Assess some experiments used in microbial industrial applications
3. Estimate the bacterial concentration in different types of samples by
calculating the Colony forming Unit (C.F.U)
4. General and 1. Demonstrate their skills on the E – Learning and getting familiar to
Communication use it.
Skills 2. Show some of the research skills.
1. The Morphology of A1 , A2 1 Course Introduction A1,A2,A3,A4,B1,B2&C1
Bacterial Cells. + Microbial
terminology in the
practical work
2. The Structure of A1 , A2 2 Aseptic Techniques. A3 & B1, C1, D1
Bacterial Cells
3. The structure of A1 A,2 3 Microflora Culturing A1 , B1 & B2, C1,
Microbial Plasma (Air, water and soil) C2,D1,D2
Membrane
4. The Flagella & A1 A,2 4 Simple staining A1 , B1 & B2
Endospore Structure
5. The Microbial Growth A1 ,A 2 , 5 Negative Staining A1, B2 ,C1, C2,D1& D2
Page 43 of 407
Phases A3
6. Microorganisms A2 ,A3, 6 Gram Staining A1,B1 &B2, C1,
Classification based on A4 C2,D1,D2
(Temperature &
Oxygen)
7. Microorganisms A2, A 3 , 7 Endospore Staining A1,B1 & B2, C1,
Classification based on A4 C2,D1,D2
(Osmotic & Pressure)
8. Effect of Physical agents A2, A3 , 8 Bacterial Culturing B1,B2 & C1, C2,D1,D2
on Microbial Growth. A4 (Streak & Pour Plat)
Techniques.
9. Chemical agents effect A2, A3 , 9 Bacterial Count B1,B2, C3, B4, C1,
on Microbial Growth. A4 &Calculation the C2,D1& D2
C.F.U.
10. Viruses & Fungi A1,A2,A4,
(Structure , A5, B1 ,
Classification , Life C1
Cycle)
Introduction to the course materials Course Introduction + Microbial

Study of different forms of terminology in the practical work (1)
1 Microorganisms (1)
• Coursework breakdown
● Course curriculum
● How to write a lab report**
Page 44 of 407
The Structure of Bacterial Cells (2) Aseptic Techniques (2)

● Different arrangement of ● Sterilization
2 bacterial cells ● Culturing in sterile area

● Structure of Gram Positive & *Assignment 1P
Gram Negative Bacteria
● L-Forms of Bacteria
The structure of Microbial Plasma Microflora Culturing (3)

Membrane (3)
• Chemical structure of Plasma ● Culturing simple microflora from
3 Membrane different sources (Soil , Water and Air)
• Plasma Membrane Inclusions
Quiz 1T
The Flagella & Endospore Structure Simple staining (4)

(4) ● Staining a sample of Microorganism with
● Flagella arrangements on crystal violet
4 bacterial cells
● Flagella Structure
● Endosore structure ,role and life
cycle
The Microbial Growth Phases (5) Negative Staining (5)

• Different stages of bacterial ● Staining a sample of Microorganism
5 growth with Nigrosine
• Bacterial Cell Divisions
Quiz 2T
Page 45 of 407
Microorganisms Classification Gram Staining (6)

• Based on Temperature Staining a sample of Microorganism with
6 • Based on Oxygen (Gram staining protocol)
Submission of Assignment 1T on Quiz 1P
turnitin
7&8 MIDTERM EXAMS
Microorganisms Classification (9) Endospore Staining (9)
9 • Based on salts Staining a sample of Microorganism with (

● Based on Pressure Malachite Green & Iodine)
*Assignment 2P
Effect of Physical agents on Microbial Bacterial Culturing (9)

Growth (10)
• Temperature • Streak Technique
10 • Radiation • Pour Plat Technique
• Filtration
*Assignment 2T “Due date week 14”
Quiz 3T
Chemical agents effect on Microbial Bacterial Count &Calculation the C.F.U.

(11) Growth. (11)
11 ● Phenolic Compounds ● Enumeration of bacterial Colonies &

● Alcohols estimation of Colony Forming Unit.
● Heavy Metals Quiz 2P
12 Viruses & Fungi Revision

● Structure ,
Page 46 of 407
● Classification
● Life Cycle
Revision • Portfolio submission

13 Submission of Assignment 2T on • Practical Exams
turnitin
14 Discussion of Assignments & the None

model answers of quizzes
15 FINAL TERM EXAMS
CILOs Teaching Strategies:
A (1,2,3,4,5) Flipped class room, Power point Presentations, Assignments, Open

discussions, Moodle (Videos, active links, extra reading) & self-assessments
quizzes
B (1,2) Power point Presentations , Practical experiments , assimilation videos, self-
assessments online quizzes
C(1,2,3) Turnitin Assignment, Practical (Lab) Working and Hand out training
D (1,2) Moodle, Turnitin Assignment and Active learning / discussions with T.As

Page 47 of 407

Students with any physical disability or transient cases which make their participation in
practical activities difficult will be helped by a teaching assistant or a technician.

Laboratory Requirements:
1. 25 Microscopes in each lab for 25 students
2. Autoclave
3. Culturing hood
4. Glass slides, bacterial loops, glass wares, different stains, different kinds of microbial
cultural media
Classroom Requirements:
1. Computer supplied with a Data show
2. Microphone
3. Internet services (wireless)

CILOs Assessmen Assessmen Gradin Pass Assessmen Timin Weigh
t Method/s t g Mode Mar t Type g t
Tool k
A.1,2 Quiz 1T Short Marks NA Summative Week 5%
Notes with 3
Feedback
A1,2,3 Quiz 2T Essay Marks NA Summative Week 2.5%
Questions with 5
Feedback
A.1,2,3,4 Quiz 3T MCQs / Marks NA Summative Week
Moodle with 11
2.5%
Feedback
A1 ,A2 Assignmen Turnitin Marks NA Summative Week 2.5%
t 1T with with 6
(essay) feedback Feedback
A.1,A2,A3 Assignmen Turnitin Marks NA Summative Week
Page 48 of 407
t 2T with with 11 2.5%

feedback Feedback
B1,C1&D1 Assignmen Turnitin Marks NA Summative Week 2.5%
t 1P with With 2
feedback feedback
C1,C2 Quiz 1P Essay Marks NA Summative Week
questions with 6 2.5%
Feedback
A1,A2,B1,B2 Midterm Essay Marks NA Summative Week
Exam Questions, with 7/8 20%
Diagrams Feedback
B2, C2 Quiz 2P Short Marks NA Summative Week 2.5%
Notes, with 9
T&F with Feedback
justificatio
n
C3 Assignmen Turnitin Marks NA Summative Week 2.5%
t 2P with with 9
feedback Feedback
B1,B2,C1,C2,C Practical Essay Marks NA Summative Week 15%

3 Exams Question & with 13
Practical Feedback
Work
A,B,C Final Exam Essay Letter 12/40 Summative Week 40%
Questions Grading 15
&
Diagrams
Total 100%

1. Notes On the- Moodle e-learning
2. Course 1. Josephine Morello , Paul Granato , Verna Morton, (2013).
Application of Microbiology ISBN: 0073402397
Textbook
2. Gerard J. Tortora , Berdell R. Funke , Christine L. Case Pearson;
Page 49 of 407
12 edition (2016). Microbiology: An Introduction ;ISBN-

10: 0321929152
3. Suggested 1. SIKYTA, B., (1995). Techniques in Applied Microbiology
2. Progress in Industrial Microbiology, vol 31, Elsevier (ISBN
Reference
0444-98666-9)
Books 3. DEMAIN, A.L. and DAVIES, J.E., (1999). Manual of
Industrial Microbiology and Biotechnology ASM-Press, USA
(ISBN -1-55581-128-OC)
4. RATLEDGE, C. and KRISTIANSEN, B., (2001). Basic
Biotechnology (2nd ed.) Cambridge University Press (ISNB -
0521-77917-0)
5. Suggested WILEY-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA, Weinheim, (2016). Journal of
Basic Microbiology , Volume 56, Issue 4, Pages 329–438
Periodicals/
Journals
6. Useful http://microbiologyonline.org/
Daily News Articles - microbiology | The Scientist Magazine®
Websites
https://www.sciencedaily.com/new.
11. Banner Data


Linked Course N/A
Page 50 of 407
12. KIS Data

Scheduled teaching 1.5 37.5%
Practical Work 1.5 37.5%
Tutorials 1 25%
Total 4 100%
Course Instructor: Dr. Amgad Mostafa Rady
Page 51 of 407
1. Course Data
Code(s)
Course Code: MTH_101b

Course Title Elementary Calculus
Course Leader Prof. Nabil Ibrahim
Credit 2
Units/Hours:
Contact Hours: Theoretical: 2 Practical: Tutorial: 1 Independent
1 study:
Pre-requisite/s None 2
3
2. Aims/Objectives:
The aim of this course is to give students basic knowledge of exponentials, logarithms functions Straight
line, circle equation, and analysis of Graphical information. It also aims to describe the basic techniques
of differentiation and their applications, and to provide students with basic knowledge about definitive
and indefinitive integrals, and technique of integration, as well as some basic techniques for solving the
differential equation.
Understanding: 1. The essential basic concepts and principles of mathematics
2. The fundamentals of calculus, algebra, logarithmic, exponentials
problems and techniques.
B. Cognitive Skills 1. Classify the various modern mathematical techniques used in biotechnology
Page 52 of 407
MTH_101B, ELEMENTARY CALCULUS, 2017 FACULTY OF BIOTECHNOLOGY
related problems
C. Professional 1. Utilize formulas in solving biotechnology-related problems.
Skills
D. General and 1. Demonstrate self-motivation for self learning.
Communication
Skills
Mathematical concepts and their A.1, B1 Exercises on straight line equation A.1, C.1
applications
Order of pairs, circle, straight lines A.1, D.1 Exercises on shifting graphs A.1, D.1
Parabolic graphs B.1, C.1 Exercises on exponential functions B.1, C.1
Trigonometric functions and A.2, C.2 Exercises on Logarithmic functions A.2, B.1
exponentials
Logarithmic functions B.1, C.1, Exercises on differentiation. A.1, C.1
D.1
Differentiation. A.2, D.1 Exercises on differential Equations B.1, C.1
Solving differential Equations A.2, C.1 Exercises on differential Equations. B.1, C.1
(Advanced)
Integration A.2, B1, Exercises on Integration D.1, C.1
C1
1 Course Outlines Review Introduction to the course

Page 53 of 407
2 • Mathematical concepts and their • Introduction to the course

applications
3 • Order of pairs, circle, straight • Exercises on straight line equation

lines
4 • Parabolic graphs • Exercises on shifting graphs
5 • Trigonometric functions and • Exercises on exponential functions

exponentials
6 • Logarithmic functions • Assignment 1 “Due date week 10”

• Quiz (1)
7&8 MIDTERM EXAMS
9 • Differentiation. • Exercises on differentiation.
10 • Solving differential Equations • Exercises on differential Equations

(1).
11 • Solving differential Equations • Exercises on differential Equations.

(2). (2)
12 • Integration • * Assignment 2 “Due date week 14”

• *Quiz 2
14 FINAL TERM EXAMS


A.1 • Active learning / Moodle
A.2 • Discussion
• Moodle
B.1 • Research & Projects
• Computer based Modelling
Page 54 of 407
C.1 • Research & Projects

D.1 • Discussion
• Presentations

progress is given during lectures. Students with some physical disability are met every now and
then to ensure that they receive the information clearly and deal with their discomfort. Active
learning/ Moodle is great for those students. Students with any physical disability or transient
cases which make their participation in activities difficult are helped by a T.A.Students with poor
computer skills or difficulty preparing or presenting their work are assured and helped by TAs
and computer lab technicians.
-Lecture rooms with data show and chairs or tables for students with physical challenges.
- Trained TAs and Technicians to help students with physical challenges. Virtual labs are
required for some units to help those students

A.1 Quiz 1: Problems, MCQs Marks Summative Week 3 2.5%

with feed-back
A.2 Assignment 1 Research on Marks Summative Week 4 2.5 %
…… with feedback
B.1 Assignment 2 Group Letter Summative Week 6 2.5 %
presentation Grading with feedback
C.1 Quiz 2 Critical thinking Marks Summative Week 2.5%
Problems, MCQs with feed-back 11
A1, A2, Mid Term Problems, MCQs Marks Summative Week 7
Page 55 of 407
B1, B2 Exam & Definations 20%

Exam 14
Presentation with feed-back 13
A1, A2, Final Exam: Problems, Letter 12 Summative Week 40%
B1, C1, MCQs, Diagrams Grading 16
C2 & Definations
Total 100%

2. Course Textbook Hafez A. Radi. (2013). Elementary Calculus.

3. Suggested P. R. Masani, R. C. Patel, D. J. Patil and Ralph P. Boas. (2010) An
Reference Books Elementary Calculus. Wiley. ISBN: 978-1-4832-2957-7
4. Suggested NA
Periodicals/
Journals
5. Useful Websites http://www.math.com/index.aspx
http://www.mathportal.org/
https://www.mathway.com/Algebra
http://math2.org/
11. Banner Data

Page 56 of 407

Donor Department
Linked Course N/A
12. KIS Data

Scheduled teaching 2 66.6 %
Practical Work 0 0%
Tutorials 1 33.3 %
Total 3 100 %
Course Instructor: Prof. Nabil Ibrahim
Page 57 of 407
1. Course Data

Code(s)
Course Code: PHY_101B
Course Title Physics
Course Leader Dr. Rania Mahmoud
Credit 2
Units/Hours:

1 study:
Pre-requisite/s None 2
3
2. Aims/Objectives:
The aim of the Physics course is to consolidate school physics, providing a more analytical
framework for Newtonian statics and dynamics, oscillations and waves, electric circuits, and
gravitational and electromagnetic fields and to bridge the gap between school and university
level physics by encouraging mathematical model building, so that students appreciate the
generality of the laws of physics, to develop basic skills in the collecting and analysis of
experimental data and to provide a sound foundation for later courses in physics and in other
physical sciences.
Page 58 of 407
PHY_101B, PHYSICS, 2017 FACULTY OF BIOTECHNOLOGY
Understanding:
1. Define vocabulary used in mechanics
2. Explain the analytical framework for Newtonian dynamics,

oscillations and waves, electric circuits, and gravitational and
electromagnetic fields,
B. Cognitive Skills 1. Formulate an approach to solving real-world problems.
2. Interpret a simple model that can be used to explain a complex

situation
C. Professional 1. Apply the physics of mechanics to solve real-world physics problems.

Skills
2. Distinguish between Newtonian dynamics and special relativity and
quantum mechanics
D. General and 1. Demonstrate self-motivation for self-learning.

Communication
Skills 2. Show the ability to do a full presentation
1. Force and Energy A.1, 1. Demonstration of Joule experiment B.2,

B2 C.1
2. Mechanical Properties A.1, 2. Stress & Strain relationship and A.1,

of Materials D.1 demonstrating the Hook’s law D.1
experiment
3. Fluids Dynamics B.2, 3. Demonstration of coefficient of B.1,

C.1 viscosity of a liquid C.1,
D.2
4. Thermal Properties of B.2, 4. Demonstration of a specific heat of a A.2,

Matter C.2 solid B.2
5. Sound Waves B.1, 5. Demonstration of the vibration A.1,
Page 59 of 407
C.1 spring as a model of simple C.1

harmonic motion
6. Lasers A.2, 6. Demonstration of Simple Pendulum B.1,

D.1 C.1
7. X-ray Spectra A.2, 7. Demonstration of Ohm’s Law B.2,

C.2, experiment C.2
D.2
8. Radioactivity A.2,
C.2
Course Outlines Review Introduction to the laboratory work.
Course Breakdown ● Course Breakdown

1
● Course Topics
Force and Energy (1) Experiment (1)
● Force and Energy Measurements of short length using

2 Vernier caliper
● Some Particular Forces
● Equilibrium of a body
Force and Energy (2) Experiment (2)
3 ● Work, Energy and Power
● Kinetic Energy Simple pendulum
Page 60 of 407
● Gravitational Potential Energy
● Power *Exercise 1 “Due date week 4”
* Assignment 1 “Due date week 6”
*Quiz 1
Mechanical Properties of Materials (1) Experiment (3)
● Introduction
4
● Hooke’s Law Hook’s Law
● Young’s Modulus: Elasticity in Length
Mechanical Properties of Materials (2) Experiment (4)
● Shear Modulus: Elasticity of Shape
5 ● Bulk Modulus: Elasticity in volume Vibrating Spring
● Thermal Stress
*Exercise 2 “Due date week 6”
● Revision
6 Quiz (1)
Submission of Assignment 1 on turnitin
7&8 MIDTERM EXAMS
Thermal Properties of Matter (1) Experiment (5)
● Temperature
Determination of the Coefficient of
9 ● The Kelvin Scale Viscosity for Glycerin
● The Celsius Scale
● The Fahrenheit Scale
Page 61 of 407
● Thermal Expansion
Thermal Properties of Matter (2) Experiment (6)
● Linear Expansion Specific heat of solid
10 ● Volume Expansion
* Assignment 2 “Due date week 14” * Exercise 3 “Due date week 12”
*Quiz 2
Sound Waves Experiment (7)
● Introduction Ohm’s Law

11
● Speed of sound waves
* Exercise 4 “Due date week 13”
● Sound level in decibels
X-Ray Spectra Experiment (8)
12 ● The Production of X-ray

Joule's Experiment
● Diffraction of X-ray by Crystal
Radioactivity Final Practical Exams
13 ● Radiation Damage
● Some uses of Radiation
14 FINAL TERM EXAMS
*The subjects of the assignments and projects are defined by the instructor.
Page 62 of 407
• Simulators & Models
A.2 • Cooperative learning
B.1 • Simulators & Models
• Research & Projects
B.2 • Workshop
• Active learning /Moodle
D.1 • Group Debate
• Discussion
D.2 • Presentations

progress is given during lectures. Students with some physical disability are met every now and
then to ensure that they receive the information clearly and deal with their discomfort. Active
learning/ Moodle is great for those students. Students with any physical disability or transient
cases which make their participation in activities difficult are helped by a T.A. Students with
poor computer skills or difficulty preparing or presenting their work are assured and helped by
Page 63 of 407
TAs and computer lab technicians.


Tool
A.1 Quiz 1: Problems, Marks Summative Week 3 2.5%

MCQs
with feed-
back
A.2 Assignment Research on Marks Summative Week 3 2.5 %

1 ……
B.1, Assignment Analytical Marks Summative Week 2.5 %

B.2 2 thinking 10

thinking 10
MCQs back
A1, A2, Mid Term Problems, Marks Summative Week 7

B1, B2 Exam MCQs &
Definations 20%

Exam 14
Page 64 of 407
Presentation with feed- 13

back

B1, B2, MCQs, Grading 14
C1, C2 Diagrams &
Definations
Total 100%

1.Notes Lecture Presentations , Tutorial Sheets, Handouts
2.Course Textbook John D. Cutnell, Kenneth W. Johnson. (2015) PHYSICS.

England: Wiley. ISBN: 0471151831.
3.Suggested Reference Walter Benenson, John W. Harris, Horst Stocker, Holger Lutz, H.
Books Stocker. (2002) Handbook of Physics. New York: Springer. ISBN:
9780387952697.
4.Suggested NA
Periodicals/
Journals
5.Useful Websites • www.physicscentral.com
• physicsweb.org/
• www.colorado.edu/physics/2000/index.pl
• www.physicsclassroom.com
• http://www.ugrad.math.ubc.ca
Page 65 of 407
11. Banner Data

Linked Course N/A
12. KIS Data
Scheduled teaching 1 33.3 %
Practical Work 2 66.6 %
Tutorials 0 0%
Page 66 of 407
Total 3 100 %
Course Instructor: Dr. Rania Ibrahim
Page 67 of 407
1. Course Data
Code(s)
Program title Biotechnology
Course Code: BCHM101b
Course Title Biochemistry I
Course Leader Dr. Ashraf Bakkar
Credit 4
Units/Hours:

study:
Pre-requisite/s General Chemistry (CHM101b)
2. Aims/Objectives:
The aim of the course is to introduce students to the principles of Biochemistry and will cover
subjects including solutions and blood buffers, carbohydrates, fats, proteins and enzymes.
Moreover, the course will provide the students with important and essential skills like the
detection of carbohydrates and proteins and understanding some of their reactions.

Understanding: of:
Page 68 of 407
BCHM101, BIOCHEMISTRY I , 2017 FACULTY OF BIOTECHNOLOGY
1. Classification sugars, lipid and proteins and Enzymes.
2. Solutions, Acid- base balance properties of carbohydrates, lipids

and proteins, enzymes and their kinetics.
B. Cognitive Skills 1. Point out the acid base imbalance and its consequences,
carbohydrate isomerism, functions of phospholipids and the different
levels of proteins structure and the different bonds involved.
2. Differentiate between the different types of enzyme inhibition

based on kinetics (lineweaver-burk plot).
C. Professional 1. Apply the acquired knowledge in preparing solutions and

Skills identifying carbohydrates, lipids and proteins by their specific
reactions.
2- Use the results of the specific reactions in distinguishing between

unknown samples of carbohydrates, lipids and proteins.

Communication
Skills 2. Show time management skills by meeting deadlines as well work
in a team.
1. Introduction to Biochemistry A. 1, 2 1. General Introduction C. 1

& B1,2 about Biochemistry labs &
Lab Safety Rules.
2. Solutions A. 2 2. Preparing of solutions of C. 1 &

different concentrations
C. 1 D. 1
3. Acid-base imbalance. A. 1,2 & 3. Preparing of different C. 1, &

solutions of different pH D. 1
B. 1 and
Page 69 of 407
Measuring it
4. Carbohydrate Chemistry. A. 1,2 & 4. Reactions of C. 1, 2

B. 1 carbohydrates & D. 1
identifying carbohydrate
5. Lipid chemistry A. 1, 2 5. Reactions of C. 1, 2

& B. 1 carbohydrates & D. 1
identifying carbohydrate
6. Proteins & plasma proteins A. 1, 2 6. Reactions of lipids C. 1, 2

& B. 1, &
D. 1
7. Enzymes & enzyme inhibition A. 1, 2 7. Reactions of proteins C. 1, 2

& B. 1, & D. 1
2 identifying proteins
Introduction to Biochemistry I Introduction to the laboratory work.
Solutions ● Coursework breakdown

1
Solubility , colloids, ● Course curriculum
osmosis, Dialysis ● How to write a lab report**
Acid-base imbalance (1) Solutions and their preparation

2
Acid-base balance-buffers ● Buffers and pH
Page 70 of 407
* Assignment 1P
Carbohydrate Chemistry (2) Reactions of carbohydrates
Classification of Carbohydrates Identifying carbohydrates
Monosaccharaides ● Molish’s test
a) Classification, b) Isomerism c) c) ● Iodine test

3
Reactions
Disaccharides
Quiz 1T
* Assignment 1T
Carbohydrate chemistry (3) Reactions of carbohydrates
polysaccharides Identifying carbohydrates

4
● Fehling’s test
● Salivawanoff’s test
Chemistry of lipids ● Practicing a scheme for identification

of unknown of Carbohydrates
Classification of lipids
5
Simple lipids
Compound lipids
Chemistry of lipids (4) Reactions of Lipids
• Conjugated lipids ● Biochemical properties and reactions

6 of lipids
• Derived Lipids
Quiz 1P
• Chemical reactions of lipids
Page 71 of 407
7&8 MIDTERM EXAMS
Chemistry of proteins (5) Reactions of proteins
• Properties of amino acids ● Identifying biochemical properties

and reactions of protein
• Classification of amino acids
9
● Biuret test
● Heat coagulation test
• *Assignment 2P
Chemistry of proteins (6) Reactions of proteins
• Protein structure • Identifying biochemical properties
10 • Classification of proteins and reactions of proteins
• Quiz 2T • Rosenheim’s test
Enzymes Practicing a scheme for identification of

unknown protein
11 • Classification of Enzymes
• Mechanism of Enzyme action
Enzymes Quiz 2P
12 • Enzyme kinetics * Practicing a scheme for identification of

both unknown carbohydrates and proteins
• Enzyme inhibition

13
Practical Exams
Page 72 of 407
14 FINAL TERM EXAMS
*The subjects of the assignments and projects is defined by the instructor

- Students with some physical challenges are met every now and then to ensure that they receive
the information clearly and deal with their discomfort Active learning/ Moodle is of great help
for those students.
- Students with any physical challenges or transient cases which render their participation in
practical activities difficult are helped by TAs or technicians.
- Students with low self-esteem are continuously encouraged and a positive feedback on their
Page 73 of 407

- Lecture rooms with data show.
- Trained TAs and Technicians to help students with physical challenges.
- Well equipped computer labs and trained technicians are available.
- Special tables or seats close to the board are ready for students with physical disabilities

Tool
A. 1, 2 Quiz 1T Short Notes, Marks NA Summative Week 3 5%

MCQs with feed-
B. 1 back
A1. 2 Assignment write on a Marks NA Summative Week 3 2%

1T selected topic with feed-
D. 1 back
A. 1, 2 Mid Term Essay Marks NA Summative Week 7 20%

Exam Questions, &8
B. 1 MCQ,
Diagrams.
A. 1, 2 Quiz 2T Short Notes, Marks NA Summative Week 5%

MCQ and with feed- 10
B. 1 T&F with back
justification.
A. 2, Assignment Preparation of Marks NA Summative Week 3%

2T a power point with feed- 12
B. 1,2 presentation back
on a selected
Page 74 of 407
D. 1, 2 topic.
C. 1, 2 Assignment Write on a Marks NA Summative Week 5%

1P & 2P selected topic with feed- 2&9
D. 1, 2 related to back
experiments
C. 1, 2 Quiz 1P & 2P Essay Marks NA Summative Week 6 5%

questions, with feed- &12
Short notes, back
Explain
C. 1, 2 Practical Short notes, Marks NA Summative Week 15%

exam Experimental with feed- 13
procedures back
A. 1, Final Exam: Definitions, Letter 12/40 Summative Week 40%

2, B. 1, Essay Grading 14
2 Questions,
MCQ
Diagrams.
Total 100%

1. Notes Hand out of BCHM201b
2. Course Harvey, R. A.& Ferrier , D. R..(2010). Lippincott’s Review of

Textbook Biochemistry. (5th ed.). Wolter Klauwer/ Lippencott William&
Wilkins, Phaladelphia.
3. Suggested Nelson, D. L. & Cox, M. M. (2012). Lehninger Principles of

Reference Biochemistry. (6 th ed.). Freeman, W.H & Company. New York, NY
Books 10010
4. Suggested Journal of Carbohydrate Chemistry

Periodicals/
Journals
Page 75 of 407
Journal of Lipid Research
American Journal of Biochemistry
5. Useful www.https://oli.cmu.edu/jcourse/lms/students/syllabus.do
Websites
http://www.learnerstv.com/Free-medical-Video-lectures
http://www.biology.arizona.edu/biochemistry/biochemistry.
11. Banner Data

Linked Course N/A
Page 76 of 407
12. KIS Data
Tutorials 0 0%
Total 5 100%
Course Instructor: Ashraf Bakkar
Page 77 of 407
1. Course Data
Code(s)
Course Code: CHM_102b
Course Title Physical Chemistry
Course Leader Dr Riham Mohsen
Credit 3
Units/Hours:
Contact Hours: Theoretical: 2 Practical: Tutorial: Independent

study:
2. Aims/Objectives:
This course aims to introduce the students to the basic laws and principles of physical chemistry.
The course also aims at teaching students how to use the acquired knowledge in solving
problems and interpret figured data on the subject.
Understanding: of:
1. The different laws and principles studied regarding gases, liquids
Page 78 of 407
CHM_102B, PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY, 2017 FACULTY OF BIOTECHNOLOGY
and solids.
2. The states of matter and different properties of gases, liquids and

solids and basics of thermochemistry
B. Cognitive Skills 1. Outline the different laws and principles regarding gases, solids and
liquids as well as those regarding thermochemistry.
2.Use the acquired knowledge in solving the problems regarding gas

laws, thermochemistry, solutions, and colligative properties of
solutions.
C. Professional Skills 1. Demonstrate the ability of devise and performing physical

chemistry experiment that is related to the curriculum.
2. Apply the laws of physical Chemistry in interpreting the results of

the experiment selected to be done.
D. General and 1. Demonstrate the ability to be a team player. .

Communication
Skills 2. Show time management skills by working to deadlines.
1. States of matter A. 1, None

2. Properties of gases 2&B.
1,2
3. Properties of gases ( part I) A. 1, 2&
B. 1,2 None
4. Properties of gases ( part II) A. 1, 2 None

& B. 1
5. Kinetic Molecular Theory A. 1, 2 None

& B. 1,
Page 79 of 407
6. Thermo- chemistry ( Part I) A. 1, 2 None

& B. 1,
2
7. Thermo- chemistry ( Part II) A. 1, 2 None

& B. 1,
2
8. Solutions A. 1, 2 None
& B. 1,
2
9. Solubility & Colligative properties A. 1, 2 None

of solutions & B. 1,
2
10. Solving problems and revision A. 1 &B. None

1,2
11. Discussion of the project and A. 1 & None

presentations B. 1,2&
C1,2&
D1,D2
Introduction to Physical Chemistry None

1
States of the matter
Page 80 of 407
Gases, liquids and Solids
Properties of gases (I)
Boyle’s law None
2 Charles’ law
* Assignment 1
Properties of gases (II) None
Avogadro’s hypothesis
3 Molar mass & gas densities
Dalton’s atomictheory
Quiz 1T
Solving problems on the different gas None

4
laws and revision.
Kinetic Molecular Theory None
Applications of the "Kinetic Molecular

5
Theory"
Effusion and Diffusion
Thermo- chemistry ( I) None
Types of Energy and systems

6
Kinetic and Potential Energy
Energy Changes in Chemical Reactions
Page 81 of 407
7&8 MIDTERM EXAMS
Solving problems on the kinetic None

9 Molecular theory and thermochemistry
•
(I)
Thermo- chemistry ( I) None
Law of conservation of energy
10 Calorimetry
The first law of thermochemistry
Quiz 2T
Solutions None
Solutions, colloids and suspensions
11 Solubility and types of solutions
Molarity
Molality
Solubility & colligative properties of None

solutions
Hnery‘s law
12 Freezing point depression
Boiling point elevation
Vapor pressure lowering
Osmotic pressure
13 Discussion of Assignment I and None
Page 82 of 407
presentation of the projects
14 FINAL TERM EXAMS
C.1 Hand out/ Discussion
C.2 Hand out / Discussion
D.1 Active learning and Assignment 1 P/discussions with course director
D.2 Preparing and presenting Assignment 1P/ guidance of with course director

- Students with any physical challenges -or transient cases- which make their participation in
Page 83 of 407

- Virtual labs are available
- A special table or chair were prepared to accommodate any student (s) with a physical
disability

Tool
A.1,2& Quiz 1T Short Notes, Marks NA Summative Week 3 10%

MCQs with feed-
B. 1,2 back
C.1,2& Assignment Prepare an Marks NA Summative Week 20%

1T experiment with feed- 13
D. 1, 2 and present it back
A. 1, Mid Term Essay Marks NA Summative Week 7 20%

2& Exam Questions, &8
MCQ,
B. 1,2 Diagrams.
A. Quiz 2T Short Notes, Marks NA Summative Week 10%

1,2& MCQ and with feed- 10
T&F with back
B. 1,2 justification.
Page 84 of 407
A. Final Exam: Definitions, Letter 12/40 Summative Week 40%

1,2& Essay Grading 15
B. 1,2 Questions,
MCQ
Diagrams.
Total 100%

1. Notes Hand out of CHM201b
2. Course Textbook Silbey, R. J., Alberty, R. & Bawendi, M. (2005). Physical Chemistry.
(4th ed.). Hoboken, NJ. John Wiley & Sons Inc.
3. Suggested Martin, A.N.&Bustamante, P. ( 1993). Physical pharmacy: physical

Reference Books chemical principles in the pharmaceutical sciences.( 4th ed.)
Baltimore, Maryland : Williams & Wilkins.
4. Suggested The journal of Physical Chemistry

Periodicals/
Journals European Journal of Chemistry
5. Useful Websites https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/chemistry/5-61-physical-chemistry-fall-
http://chemcollective.org/physical
11. Banner Data


Page 85 of 407
Linked Course N/A
12. KIS Data
Practical Work 0 0%
Tutorials 0 0%
Total 2 100%
Course Instructor: Dr. Riham Mohsen
Page 86 of 407
1. Course Data
Code(s)
Course Code: CSB_101
Course Title Computer Programming I
Course Leader Dr. Soha Safwat
Credit 3
Units/Hours:

study:
Pre-requisite/s CSB_100b
2. Aims/Objectives:
The aim of this course is to ensure The aims of the course are to introduce the basics of
programming with emphasize on object oriented techniques using C++. Familiarize the students
with the syntax and the semantics of the C++ programming language. Shed light on the
input/output instructions, data types, arithmetic operations, control structures, arrays, and
functions.
Understanding:
1. How to use computers for problem solving and know the basic
Page 87 of 407
CSB_101, COMPUTER PROGRAMMING 1, 2017 FACULTY OF BIOTECHNOLOGY
structures and components of high level programming language;

C++.
2. Demonstrate good programming techniques for readability and

trace ability and read and program source code
B. Cognitive Skills 1. Use automated and manual debugging tools to fix a given program
C. Professional 1. Use the VC++ programming language to convert the logic and
Skills design into a computer program.
2. Choose the appropriate programming technique for a problem

and apply it to write a well-structured program
D. General and 1. Use a computer to communicate with others and write a code.
Communication
Skills
1. Basic program construction A.1, 1.Applying the concepts learned to A.1,

(identifiers, statements, B.1 develop workable programming C.1
functions, comments, and solutions for different types of
preprocessors). problems from a variety of fields in
text manipulation
2. C++ simple data types. A.1, 2.Applying the concepts learned to A.1,
D.1 develop workable programming D.2
solutions for. Mathematical and
business problems
3. Constants and variables B.1, 3.Exercises on constants and variables B.1,

declaration. C.1 declaration.). C.1
4. Input and output statements B.2, 4.Applying on in/output statements A.1,

(cin and cout). C.2 between several types of B.1
Page 88 of 407
programming languages
5. Output manipulators. B.1, 5.Practical training on Output A.1,

C.1,D.1 manipulators C.1
6. Automatic type conversions A.1, 6.Exercises on conversions and B.1,

and casting. D.1 casting. C.1
7. Decision statements (if and A.1, 7.Practical training on decision B.1,

switch). C.2 statements (if and switch). C.1
8. Passing value and reference B.1, 8.Practical training on passing value D.1,
arguments. C.1 and reference arguments. C.2
Week Lecture Lab
Course Outlines Review Introduction to the course

1
• Basic program construction • Applying the concepts learned to

(identifiers, statements, develop workable programming
2 functions, comments, and solutions for different types of
preprocessors). problems from a variety of fields in
text manipulation
• C++ simple data types. • Applying the concepts learned to

develop workable programming
3
solutions for. Mathematical and
business problems
• Constants and variables • Exercises on constants and variables

4
declaration. declaration.).
Page 89 of 407
• Input and output statements (cin • Applying on in/output statements

5 and cout). between several types of
programming languages.
• Output manipulators. • Assignment 1 “Due date week 10”

6
• Quiz (1)
7&8 MIDTERM EXAMS
• Output manipulators. (Cont.) • Applications between several types of

9
programming languages
• Automatic type conversions and • Practical training on communications

10
casting. hardware
• Decision statements (if and • * Assignment 2 “Due date week 14”

11 switch).
• *Quiz 2
• Passing value and reference Revision

12
arguments
14 FINAL TERM EXAMS
Page 90 of 407
B.1 Research & Projects
C.2 Computer based Modelling
D.1 Discussion
Presentations



Page 91 of 407

MCQs
with feed-
back
B.1 Assignment Group Letter Summative Week 6 2.5 %

1 presentation Grading
with feed-
back
B.2 Assignment Analytical Marks Summative Week 2.5 %

2 thinking 10

thinking 11
MCQs back
A1, B1, Mid Term Problems, Marks Summative Week 7

B2 Exam MCQs &
Definations 20%

Exam 14

Presentation 13
with feed-
back
A1, B1, Final Exam: Problems, Letter 12 Summative Week 40%

B2, C1, MCQs, Grading 16
C2 Diagrams &
Definations
Total 100%
Page 92 of 407

2.Course Textbook Yang, D. (2001). C++ and Object-Oriented Numeric Computing for
Scientists and Engineers. New York, NY: Springer New York.)
ISBN 978-1-4613-0189-9
3.Suggested Reference NA
Books
4.Suggested NA
Periodicals/
Journals
5.Useful Websites NA
11. Banner Data

Term of Delivery Spring
Donor Department
Linked Course N/A
Page 93 of 407
12. KIS Data
Tutorials 0 0%
Total 4 100 %
Course Instructor: .Dr. Soha Rafaat
Page 94 of 407
1. Course Data
Code(s)
Programme Name BSc. Hons. Biotechnology
Course Title English for Study Skills
Course Leader Dr. Soha Raafat Ibrahim
Course Level: 3 4 √ 5 6 7 Year 1/Sem 2
Credit 3
Units/Hours:

study:
Pre-requisite/s ENG_101b
2. Aims/Objectives:
The main aim of this module is to develop the skills necessary to support academic reading and
writing to enable students to engage in their chosen degree programme. This module builds on
skills learners acquire in ENG101Module.
Understanding:
Page 95 of 407
ENG_102B, ENGLISH FOR STUDYING SKILLS, 2017 FACULTY OF BIOTECHNOLOGY
1- Paraphrasing, summarizing, analyzing and synthesizing texts from a

variety sources to incorporate in their writings
2- Appropriate vocabulary to ensure academic register and style
3- Selecting on-line material for writing an essay
4- Interpreting data used for writing essays
5- Drawing an outline and prepare a draft for an academic essay
B. Cognitive Skills 1- Apply note taking skills from a variety sources
2- Choose topics for writing an extended essay
3- Prepare research findings used for writing
4- Use grammar effectively to produce appropriate academic writing
5- Compare and contrast similarities and differences in concepts
C. Professional Skills 1- Display advanced reading and writing skills
2- Utilize critical thinking skills using a variety of sources
3- Produce formal academic essays following conventions of academic

writing
4- Analyze research findings and classify data
5- Criticize and argue against author’s point of view and consider

solutions for Problems and discuss limitations of previous solution
D. General and 1- Evaluate on-line sources.

Communication
Skills 2- Work effectively in a small team on critical thinking issues.
3- Present research findings to a small group of peers.
Page 96 of 407
1- Narrowing down topics A. 1, 2 & Practicing how to narrow down a C. 1,

B. 1 & general area to reach a statement 2&
B.4 identifying the research problem,
research question(s) and D. 1,2
D. 1 hypothesis
2- Evaluating on-line sources A. 1, 2& Reading strategies (skimming, C. 2, 3

scanning, inferencing, &
B. 1 & highlighting, underlining or note-
D. 1, B.5, taking in margins to reach a D. 3
C.2, 3 conceptual framework/graphic
organiser)
3- Reading a variety of texts A. 1, 2, 5 Practicing the reading strategies C. 3, 4

& B. 1, 2, & D.
3& 1,2,3
D. 1, 2,3
4- Collecting data from different A. 1, 2, 3 Introducing the components of C. 1, 2,

resources & B. 1, 2 APA Theoretical / Empirical 3, 4 &
& D. 1 papers D. 1,
2,3
5- Incorporating data and analyzing A. 1, 2 & Students analyze their data and C. 1, 2
it in an academic essay B. 5, 4, 2 incorporate it in coherent logical & D.
& D. 3 arguments. 1,2
6- Using APA/MLA style to A. 3, 4 & Students make individual/ group C. 1, 5

document information from B. 1, 2 & class presentations of their work. &
resources D. 1
D. 1,2
Page 97 of 407
Introducing course aim, objectives, Practicing how to narrow down a general

weekly plan and general grading area to reach a statement identifying the
1
system, what research is and discussing research problem, research question(s) and
suggested areas for the research paper hypothesis
Introducing techniques of narrowing Reading strategies (skimming, scanning,

down a general area into a focused topic inferencing, highlighting, underlining or
2
note-taking in margins to reach a conceptual
framework/graphic organiser)
Discussing the differences between a Practicing the reading strategies to reach a

3 statement of the research problem, graphic organiser and an annotated card for
research question(s) and hypothesis source 1
Introducing ideal as well as faulty Students are given/ or choose topics to write
models for students to compare, analyse about and collect data from different library
4
and recognize structure and style. and internet resources and document them
applying the APA style of documentation.
Introducing differences between a Applying APA in-text and full citation rules
summary, paraphrase and quotation while working on the first Annotated
5
together with APA in-text and full
citation
Introducing means of organising ideas Assignment 1

in the Literature Review using
6 transitional signals (argumentation,
classification, cause and effect,
chronology, compare and contrast)
Page 98 of 407
7&8 MIDTERM EXAMS
Intensive practice of summarising and Returning portfolio of first half of semester to

9 paraphrasing students and discussing poor and good
samples
Answering any questions related to the Follow-up

10 portfolio
Students are given/ or choose topics to Follow-up

write about and collect data from
11 different library and internet resources
and document them applying the APA
style of documentation.
Students are trained through a writing Follow-up

12 process to prepare outlines and edit
drafts before submission of final essays.
Introducing guidelines for formatting Follow-up

13
the final draft of research paper
14 Oral presentations
15 FINAL TERM EXAMS
Page 99 of 407
A.3 Writing
B.5 Writing
D.3 Writing
D.4 Active learning/ Moodle

Students with low self-esteem are continuously encouraged and a positive feedback on their
activities difficult will be helped by a T.A.
Page 100 of 407


• Classrooms should be equipped with PCs and Data Show and internet connection to allow
students to view scenes from films as relevant.
• Students' use of E-Learning is encouraged to activate their group conferencing and

discussion

Tool
A1, Writing write on a Marks Summative Week 5 10%

A2, Assignment 1 selected topic with feed-
A3, back
A4,
B1,
B3,
B4,
C1,
C3,
C4, D1
A1, Mid Term Essay Marks Summative Week 8 20%

A2, Exam Questions,
A3, MCQ,
A4, Diagrams.
B1,
B3,
B4,
C1,
C3,
Page 101 of 407

C4, D1
A1, Term Paper complete a Marks Summative Week 30%

A3, & term paper with feed- 10
A4, Presentation back
A5,
B1,
B2,
C3,
C4,
D1,
D3,
D4, C5
A1, Final Exam Definitions, Letter Summative Week 40%

A2, Essay Grading 15
A3, Questions,
A4, MCQ
A5, Diagrams.
B1,
B3,
B4,
C1,
C3,
C4,
D1, B5
Total 100%
Page 102 of 407


Notes Course Manuals
Course Textbook Wallas, M. J. (2004). Study skills in English. Cambridge: Cambridge

University Press
Suggested Reference Barnet, S., &Bedau, H. (Eds.) (2005). Current issues and enduring
Books questions: a guide to critical thinking and argument, with readings.
(7th Ed.) Boston/New York: Bedford/St. Martin’s
Blass, L., Friesen, H. & Block, K. (2008). Creating meaning:

advanced reading and writing. Oxford: Oxford University Press
Broukal, M. (2002) Weaving it together: connecting reading and

writing (Book1) (2nd Ed.). Canada: Heinle ELT
Chaffe, J. (2012). Thinking critically. (10th ed.). Boston: Wadsworth
Wallas, M. J. (2004). Study skills in English. Cambridge: Cambridge

University Press
Suggested Periodicals/ Gardner, P. (Ed.) (2005). New Directions: Reading, Writing and
Journals Critical Thinking. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press
Useful Websites MSA University e-learning website
- http://e-learning.msa.edu.eg/
American Psychological Association (APA) documentation style
- http://www.apastyle.org/
- http://owl.english.purdue.edu/owl/resource/560/01/
Search engines:
- EbscoHost (a database for academic and scholarly articles in a

wide range of disciplines. This website is accessible to MSA
students using the following username and password.)
o Username: ebscohost
Page 103 of 407

o Password: wsfd2010
- Google Scholar (http://scholar.google.com.eg/schhp?hl=ar)
Newspapers and news agencies:
- Al-Ahram Weekly (http://weekly.ahram.org.eg/)
- Al-Masri al-Youm (http://www.almasryalyoum.com/)
- Al-Tahrir (http://tahrirnews.com/)
- Al-Sharq al-Awsat (http://www.aawsat.com/)
- BBC (http://www.bbc.co.uk/news/world_radio_and_tv/)
- CNN (http://edition.cnn.com/)
- New York Times (http://www.nytimes.com/)
- The Guardian (http://www.guardian.co.uk)
- Washington Post (http://www.washingtonpost.com/
11. Banner Data

IF Course is a replacement for an N/A

Page 104 of 407

Linked Course N/A
12. KIS Data

Practical Work 0 0%
Tutorials 1 33.33%
Total 4 100%
Course Instructor: Dr. Soha Raafat Ibrahim
Page 105 of 407

1. Course Data
Code(s)
Course Code: PHY201
Course Title Biophysics
Course Leader Dr. Rania Mahmoud
Credit 2
Units/Hours:
Contact Hours: Theoretical: 2 Practical: Tutorial: Independent 1

study:
2. Aims/Objectives:
The aim of this course is to help students integrate the knowledge gained in first year biology
and physics courses with modern topics in biophysics. The course highlights current topics in
both biology and physics, such as MRI and other imaging technologies, fluorescence
spectroscopy as new ways to study protein-protein interactions, molecular motors, electrical
properties of membranes coupled with antibodies or other sensors to produce high-sensitivity
diagnostic instrumentation, osmosis in biology, bio-photonics and bio-nanotechnology.
Page 106 of 407

PHY201, BIOPHYSICS, 2017 FACULTY OF BIOTECHNOLOGY
Understanding:
1. An overview and global perspective of biological energy.
2. Some applications of chemical potential, electrochemical potential;

membrane potential, coupling between electron and proton transport.
B. Cognitive Skills 1. Distinguish between the ATP synthesis and the ATP synthase.
2. Classify different perspectives of biochemical energy.
C. Professional 1. Apply different applications of chemical potential; electrochemical

Skills potential; membrane potential, coupling between electron and proton
transport.
D. General and 1. Demonstrate self-motivation for self-learning.

Communication
Skills 2. Show the ability to do a full presentation
Theoretical Content ILOs
1. Defining thermodynamic functions; equilibrium constant, A.1, B.2

pH, pK, enthalpy, entropy and free energy.
2. Elementary chemical thermodynamics A.1, D.1
3. Medical applications of liposomes B.2, C.1
4. Protein structures and protein modelling B.2, C.2
5. Physical basics of electroporation B.1, C.1
6. Electron transport chains as proton pumps. A.2, D.2,D.1
7. ATP synthesis and the ATP synthase A.2, C.2
8. Radioactivity A.2, D.2, C.2
Page 107 of 407

Week Lecture
Course Outlines Review

1
Course Breakdown
2 Introduction to biological energy.
Elementary chemical thermodynamics.
3 * Assignment 1 “Due date week 6”
*Quiz 1
4 Electron transport chains; overview and redox components.
Electron transport chains as proton pumps.

5
*Quiz 2
Chemical potential, electrochemical potential, membrane potential, coupling between

6
electron and proton transport.
7&8 MIDTERM EXAMS
9 ATP synthesis and the ATP synthase.
Photochemical reaction centers.
10 * Assignment 2 “Due date week 14”
*Quiz 3
Page 108 of 407

11 Physical basics of electroporation.
12 Protein structure and protein modeling.
Revision
13 Submission of Assignment 2
Portfolio submission
14 FINAL TERM EXAMS
• Simulators & Models
B.1 • Simulators & Models
• Research & Projects
B.2 • Cooperative learning
• Workshop
• Active learning /Moodle
Page 109 of 407

• Role Play
D.1 • Group Debate
• Discussion
• Presentations

- Students with some physical disability are met frequently to ensure that they receive the

Page 110 of 407


Tool

MCQs
with feed-
back
A.2 Assignment Research on Marks Summative Week 4 2.5 %

1 …… with feedback
B.1, Assignment Group Marks Summative Week 6 2.5 %

D.2 2 presentation with feedback
B.2 Assignment Analytical Letter Formative Week 0%

3 thinking Grading 10

thinking 11
MCQs back
A1, A2, Mid Term Problems, Marks Summative Week 7

B1, B2 Exam MCQs &
Definations 20%

Exam 14
D.1, Oral Rubric Marks Summative Week 5%

D.2 Presentation 13
with feed-
back

B1, B2, MCQs, Grading 16
C1, C2 Diagrams &
Definations
Page 111 of 407

Total 100%

2.Course Textbook Cotterill, R. (2002) Biophysics: An Introduction.

England: Wiley. ISBN: 978-0-471-48538-4.
3.Suggested Reference Jack A. Tuszynski, Michal Kurzynski . (2003) Introduction to

Books Molecular Biophysics,Pure and Applied Physics (ISBN:
9780849300394)
4.Suggested NA
Periodicals/
Journals
5.Useful Websites http://pps.cryst.bbk.ac.uk/index.html
https://www.malvern.com/en/products/measurement-
type/microcalorimetry/
11. Banner Data

Page 112 of 407

Linked Course N/A
12. KIS Data
Practical Work 0 0%
Tutorials 0 0%
Total 2 100 %
Course Instructor: Dr. Rania Mahmoud
Page 113 of 407

LEVEL TWO
Page 114 of 407

1. Course Data
Code(s)

Course Code: BCHM201
Course Title Biochemistry II
Course Leader Dr. Ashraf Bakkar

Credit 3
Units/Hours:
Contact Hours: Theoretical: 2 Practical: 2 Tutorial: Independent 1
study:
Pre-requisite/s Biochemistry I (BCHM101)
2. Aims/Objectives:
This course aims to introduce students to a detailed description of the main metabolic pathways which
occur in the body and to use this information to understand and explain the relationship between their
deregulation and different diseases. Additionally, the course gives students a solid basis for understanding
how these metabolic pathways are interconnected and how deregulation represents an important aspect
for pathological phenomena.
Understanding: 1. The metabolic pathways of carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, vitamins
and minerals and their role in diseases.
2. The regulation of carbohydrate, lipid and protein metabolism and the
integration of metabolism.
B. Cognitive Skills 1. Relate the deregulation of carbohydrate, lipid, minerals and protein
metabolism as well as vitamin deficiency to specific diseases.
Page 115 of 407
BCHM201, BIOCHEMISTRY II, 2017 FACULTY OF BIOTECHNOLOGY
2. Outline the role of Insulin and Glucagon in the integration of

metabolism during fed and fasting conditions.
C. Professional 1. Apply the acquired knowledge in differentiating normal and abnormal
Skills constituents in urine.
2. Interpret the results of urine analysis to diagnose abnormalities and
diseases.

Communication 2. Show time management skills by meeting deadlines.
Skills
1. Introduction to Bioenergetics A. 1, 2 & 1. General Introduction C. 1
B. 1 about Biochemistry labs &
Lab Safety Rules.
2. Oxidative phosphorylation and electron A. 1, 2& 2. Urine analysis (1) C. 1, 2 &
transport chain B. 1 D. 1
3. Digestion & absorption of carbohydrate A. 1, 2 & 3. Urine analysis (2) C. 1, 2 &

B. 1 D. 1
4. Metabolism of carbohydrate. A. 1, 2 & 4. Urine analysis (3) C. 1, 2 &

B. 1, 2 Normal constituents of urine D. 1
Inorganic constituents
5. Digestion& absorption of lipids A. 1, 2 & 5.Identification of the C. 1, 2 &
B. 1, 2 physical properties and D. 1
normal constituents of
unknown urine sample
6. Metabolism of lipids A. 1, 2 & 6. Urine analysis (4) C. 1, 2 &
B. 1, 2 Abnormal constituents D. 1
7. Digestion and metabolism of Proteins A. 1, 2 & 7. Urine analysis (5) C. 1, 2 &
8. Integration of metabolism A. 1, 2 & 8. Urine analysis (6) C. 1, 2 &
9. Vitamins A. 1 & 9.Identification of the C. 1, 2 &

B. 1 abnormal constituents of D. 1
10. Minerals A. 1 & 10- Revision C. 1, 2 &
B. 1 D. 1
Page 116 of 407

Introduction to Biochemistry II Introduction to the laboratory work.

1 Bioenergiics ● Coursework breakdown
First law of thermodynamics ● Course curriculum
Second law of thermodynamics ● How to write a lab report**
● Oxidative phosphorylation (1) Urine analysis
● Physical examination of urine

2 ▪ Volume
▪ Color
▪ Specific gravity
* Assignment 1P
Carbohydrate Metabolism (2) Urine analysis

Digestion of carbohydrates
Glycolysis ● Physical examination of urine
3 Krebs cycle ▪ Acidity and pH
Quiz 1T ▪ Odor
* Assignment 1T
▪ Turbidity
Carbohydrate Metabolism (3) Urine analysis

Gluconeogenesis • Normal constituents of urine
4 Pentose phosphate shunt Inorganic constituents
Glycogenesis ▪ Test for Chloride
Glycogenolysis ▪ Test for Inorganic Phosphate
Lipid Metabolism • Practicing a scheme for identification of
5 Digestion and absorption of lipids unknown urine sample (4)
De Novo fatty acid synthesis
Metabolism of lipids (4) Urine analysis

• -oxidation
• Ketone bodies Abnormal constituents of urine
6 • Lipoproteins and Cholesterol • Proteins ( proteinuria)
• Glucose ( Glucouria)
Page 117 of 407

Quiz 1P
7&8 MIDTERM EXAMS
Metabolism proteins • (5) Urine analysis

9 • Transamination and deamination • Abnormal constituents of urine
• Transport of Ammonia from tissues to liver• Bile salts
• *Assignment 2P
Metabolism of proteins • (6) Urine analysis

• Urea cycle &Metabolism of Ammonia • Abnormal constituents of urine
10 • Integration of metabolism • Ketone bodies
• Quiz 2T
Vitamins Practicing a scheme for identification of

11 • Water soluble vitamins abnormal constituents of unknown urine
sample
Vitamins Quiz 2P
• Fat soluble vitamins * Practicing a scheme for identification of both
12 normal and abnormal constituents of
Minerals Revision
• Na, K, Cl, Ca, P, Mg, and S Portfolio submission
Practical Exams
13
• Trace-elements which include
Cr,Co, Cu, I, Fe, Mn, Mo, Se,
Zn
14 FINAL TERM EXAMS

Page 118 of 407



-Students with some physical challenges are met every now and then to ensure that they receive
the information clearly and deal with their discomfort. Active learning/ Moodle is of great help
for those students.
-Students with any physical challenges -or transient cases- which make their participation in

- Virtual labs
- Well equipped computer labs and trained technicians.
- A special table or chair were prepared to accommodate any student (s) with physical disability

B. 1 MCQs with feed-
back
C. 2 Assignment 1T write on a Marks NA Summative Week 3 2%
D. 1, 2 selected topic with feed-
back
B. 1 Exam Questions, &8
MCQ,
Diagrams.
Page 119 of 407

B. 1 MCQ and T&F with feed-
with back
justification.
A. 2, Assignment 2T Preparation of a Marks NA Summative Week 12
3%
B. 1 power point with feed-
D. 1, 2 presentation on back
a selected topic.
C. 1, 2 Assignment 1P Write on a Marks NA Summative Week 5%
D. 1, 2 & 2P selected topic with feed- 2&9
related to back
experiments
C. 1, 2 Quiz 1P & 2P Essay questions, Marks NA Summative Week 6 5%
Short notes, with feed- &12
Explain back
C. 1, 2 Practical exam Short notes, Marks NA Summative Week 14 15%
Experimental with feed-
procedures back
A. 1, 2, Final Exam: Definitions, Letter 12/40 Summative Week 15 40%
B. 1, 2 Essay Grading
Questions,
MCQ
Diagrams.
Total 100%

1. Notes Hand out of BCHM201b
2. Course Textbook Harvey, R. A. & Ferrier , D. R..(2010). Lippincott’s Review of Biochemistry.
(5th ed.). Wolter Klauwer/ Lippencott William& Wilkins, Phaladelphia.
3. Suggested Nelson, D. L. & Cox, M. M. Lehninger (2012). Principles of Biochemistry.
Reference Books (6th ed.), Freeman, W.H & Company. New York, NY 10010
4. Suggested Annual Review of Biochemistry
Periodicals/ Trends in Biochemical Sciences
Journals Critical Reviews in Biochemistry and Molecular Biology
5. Useful Websites www.https://oli.cmu.edu/jcourse/lms/students/syllabus.do
http://www.learnerstv.com/Free-medical-Video-lectures
http://www.biology.arizona.edu/biochemistry/biochemistry.
11. Banner Data

Page 120 of 407


Linked Course N/A
12. KIS Data

Tutorials 0 0%
Total 4 100%
Page 121 of 407

Course specifications
1. Course data:
Course code BIO201
Course title Cell Biology and Physiology
Leader Dr. Osama S S Hassan
Level 3 4 5✓ 6 7 Year 2/Sem 1
Credit Units\hours 4

study:
Pre-requisites BIO101b, BIO102b
2. Aims/Objectives:
The aim of this course is to clearly identify cell organelles in terms of both their histological structure and
function, provide an overview of the specialization of cells into tissues and organs within the human
body, with special focus on nervous tissue as the illustrated example, educate students about plant
responses to internal and external signals in relation to their growth and development along with the
fundamental concepts underlying plant and animal nutrition, and to raise awareness of plant cycle, growth
development, and photosynthesis.
3. Course intended learning outcomes (CILOs):

Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to show knowledge and understanding of:
Understanding:
1. The History of Studying Cells.
2. "The Scientific Method".
Page 122 of 407

BIO201, CELL BIOLOGY AND PHYSIOLOGY, 2017 FACULTY OF BIOTECHNOLOGY
3. Cellular respiration, electron transport, and cell communication.
B. Cognitive Skills 1. Demonstrate the cell cycle, cellular respiration, and

photosynthesis.
C. Professional Skills 1. Assess the mechanism of cellular respiration.

Communication Skills
1. Introduction to "The Scientific Method" A.1, A.1,

1. Course introduction
and characteristics of living things A.2 A.2
A.1, A.3,
2. Cell biology (cell content and structure) 2. Cell division
A.2 B.1
3. Cell physiology A.3 3. Karyotyping A.2
A.3,
4. Cellular respiration 4. Plasma membrane permeability A.3
B.1
B.1, 5. Fermentative and digestive C.1,

5. Chemical structure of ATP
C.1 enzymes D.1
6. Photosynthesis B.1 6. Reduction and oxidation C.1
7. Response of plant cells to C.1,

7. Cell communication A.3
different tonicity D.1
8. Plant nutrition B.1 8. Osmosis A.3
A.3,
9. Animal nutrition B.1 9. Photosynthesis
B.1
10. Plant responses to internal and external A.3, A.3,

10. Respiration
signals B.1 B.1
Page 123 of 407

5. Learning and teaching activities:

1st week Introduction to "The Scientific Method" and Course introduction

characteristics of living things
2nd week Cell division

Cell biology (cell content and structure)
* Assignment.P1
3rd week Karyotyping

Cell physiology
* Quiz.P1
4th week Cellular respiration Plasma membrane permeability
* Quiz.T1
5th week Chemical structure of ATP Fermentative and digestive enzymes
6th week Photosynthesis Reduction and oxidation
* Assignment.T1
7th & 8th MID-TERM EXAMS

weeks
9th week Cell communication Response of plant cells to different tonicity
10th Osmosis
week Plant nutrition
* Assignment.P2
11th Animal nutrition Photosynthesis

week
* Assignment.T2 * Quiz.P2
Page 124 of 407

12th Plant responses to internal and external Respiration

week signals
* Quiz.T2
13th Revision
Revision
week
14th
FINAL EXAMS
week
A.1 Active learning, integrating technology, and discussion method
B.1 Active learning, integrating technology, case method, and discussion method
C.1 Active learning, integrating technology, case method, and discussion method
D.1 Providing the opportunity for students to work in groups during the practical work.

• Students with physical and psychological challenges meet the instructors of the course
periodically to ensure their proper understanding of the course.
• Students with physical challenges are provided with special tables to facilitate their laboratory
work.
Page 125 of 407

• Lecture rooms with data shows.
• Virtual labs.
• Well-equipped computer labs and trained technicians.
• Well-equipped laboratories with the required equipment and kits.

CILOs Timing Weight
Short Summative
A.3, B.1 Assignment.P1 Marks Week 2 2.5%
A.1, A.2, Summative

Quiz.P1 Short notes Marks Week 3 2.5%
A.3, B.1 with feedback
A.1, A.2, Summative

Quiz.T1 Short notes Marks Week 4 5%
A.3, B.1 with feedback
Short Summative
B.1 Assignment.T1 Marks Week 6 2.5%
Essay
A.1, A.2, Week
Midterm exam questions, and Marks Summative 20%
A.3, B.1 7,8
MCQs
Solve a Summative
A.3 Assignment.P2 Marks Week 10 2.5%
problem with feedback
Summative
A.3, B.1 Quiz.P2 Short notes Marks Week 11 2.5%
with feedback
Short Summative
B.1 Assignment.T2 Marks Week 11 2.5%
Summative
A.3, B.1 Quiz.T2 Short notes Marks Week 12 5%
with feedback
A.3, B.1, Final Practical Essay Marks Summative Week 14 15%
Page 126 of 407

C.1 Exam questions,

cases, practical
A.1, A.2, Essay

Letter
A.3, B.1, Final Exam questions, 12 Summative Week 14 40%
grading
C.1 MCQ, cases.
Total 100%

1. Notes Power point presentations prepared by lecturer
2. Course Textbook Couraud, P. O., & Scherman, D. (Eds.). (2013). Biology and physiology of
the blood-brain barrier: transport, cellular interactions, and brain
pathologies (Vol. 46). Springer Science & Business Media.
3. Suggested Reference Rothman, J. H., & Singson, A. (Eds.). (2012). Caenorhabditis elegans: cell
Books biology and physiology (Vol. 107). Academic Press.
4. Suggested The Journal of Cellular Physiology

Periodicals/
Journals
5. Useful Websites Universiteit van Amsterdam, (2016, January 26). Bacterial Cell Biology &
Physiology Groups. Retrieved from http://sils.uva.nl/content/research-
groups/bacterial-cell-biology-and-physiology-groups/bacterial-cell-biology-
and-physiology-groups.html
11. Banner Data

Course Status Core Option ✓

Page 127 of 407

Linked Course N/A
12. KIS Data

Tutorials 0 0%
Total 5 100%
Course Instructor: Dr. Osama S S Hassan
Page 128 of 407

1. Course Data
Course Title English for Research Purposes
Course Leader Dr. Ghada Al Akhdar

study:
2. Aims/Objectives:
In designing this course, the main priority is to provide students with the practical skills that are needed in
writing an APA correctly documented academic research paper. The course will take the students
through the journey of developing and improving their ability to outline and write effectively a Literature
Review paper in the relevant area. In addition, it will present the students with the academically and
ethically accepted techniques of presenting other people’s work by instilling the correct use of
documentation to avoid plagiarism.

Understanding:
1-The meaning and types of academic research
2- Different reading strategies and some mind mapping techniques
Page 129 of 407

ENG_201B, ENGLISH FOR RESEARCH PURPOSES, 2017 FACULTY OF BIOTECHNOLOGY
3- Evaluate an argument by understanding the different types of common

fallacies
4- APA in-text and full citation rules while summarizing, paraphrasing and/or
quoting
B. Cognitive Skills 1-Distinguish, analyze and evaluate different types of sources
2- Brainstorm and narrow down ideas to reach a focus
3-Distinguish between a statement of the problem, research question and

hypothesis
4-Apply different reading strategies and Conduct and outline on both

theoretical and empirical research in a specialized discipline
5-Incorporate information from different sources using quoting, summarizing

and paraphrasing techniques, while avoiding fallacies.
C. Professional 1-Produce a well-formatted APA paper including unified

Skills
paragraphs void of any illogical fallacies
2-Evaluate valid/invalid sources and research papers
3-Assess and organize ideas in different writing genres such as argumentation.
4-Classify and present ideas using suitable transitional signals to achieve

coherence
D. General and 1- Identify different types and components of research papers

Communication
Skills 2- Deliver an oral presentation about the research paper
3- Use information technology to serve research purposes
4-Recognise different points of view related to issues of worldwide concerns
1. Introducing course aim, A. 1, 2 & 1. Practicing how to narrow C. 1, 2&

objectives, weekly plan and B. 1 & B.4 down a general area to reach
general grading system, what a statement identifying the D. 1,2
Page 130 of 407

research is and discussing D. 1 research problem, research

suggested areas for the question(s) and hypothesis
research paper
2. Introducing techniques of A. 1, 2& 2. Reading strategies C. 2, 3 &
narrowing down a general (skimming, scanning,
area into a focused topic B. 1 & inferencing, highlighting, D. 3,4
D. 1, B.5, underlining or note-taking in

C.2, 3 margins to reach a
conceptual
framework/graphic
organiser)
3. Discussing the differences A. 1, 2 & 3. Practicing the reading C. 3, 4 &

between a statement of the B. 1, 2, 3 strategies to reach a graphic D. 1,2,3
research problem, research & organiser and an annotated
question(s) and hypothesis card for source 1
D. 1, 2,3
4. Introducing library skills A. 1, 2 & 4. Introducing the components C. 1, 2,

(types and evaluation of B. 1, 2 & of APA Theoretical / 3, 4 &
sources, useful links) D. 1 Empirical papers D. 1, 2,4
5. Introducing differences A. 1, 2 & 5. Applying APA in-text and C. 1, 2 &

between a summary, B. 5, 4, 2 full citation rules while D. 1,2
paraphrase and quotation & D. 3 working on the first
together with APA in-text Annotated Bibliography
and full citation Card
6. Introducing means of A. 1, 2 & 6. Practicing APA in-text and C. 1, 2 &

organising ideas in the B. 1, 2 & full citation on selected
Literature Review using D. 1 sections from source 1 D. 1,2
transitional signals
(argumentation,
classification, cause and
effect, chronology, compare
and contrast)
7. Explaining how to A. 1, 2 & 7. Intensive practice of C. 1, 2 &
incorporate the content of B. 1, 2 & summarising and D. 1,2
Annotated Bibliography D. 1 paraphrasing using APA in-
Cards into a preliminary text and full citation on
outline using proper selected sections from
numbering symbols Source 2
Page 131 of 407

8. Intensive practice of A. 1, 2 & 8. Administering Quiz 1 C. 1, 2 &

summarising and B. 1, 2 & D. 1,2
paraphrasing using APA in- D. 1
text and full citation on
selected sections from Source
2
9. Answering any questions A. 1 & 9. Returning portfolio of first C. 1, 2 &
related to the portfolio B. 1 & half of semester to students
and discussing poor and D. 1,2
D. 1 good samples
10. Introducing and detecting A. 1 & 10. Intensive practice of C. 1, 2 &

contextualised Fallacies B. 1 & summarising and
paraphrasing using APA in- D. 1, 2
D. 1 text and full citation on
Source 3
11. Introducing the theoretical A. 1, 2 & 11. Intensive practice of A. 1, 2

and empirical Discussion and B. 1, 2 & summarising and & B. 1, 2
Abstract sections of a D. 1 paraphrasing using APA in- & D. 1
research paper text and full citation on
Source 4.
12. Introducing guidelines for A. 1, 2 & 12. Intensive practice of A. 1, 2

formatting the final draft of B. 1, 2 & summarising and & B. 1, 2
research paper D. 1 paraphrasing using APA in- & D. 1
text and full citation on
Source 4.
13. Administering Quiz 2 A. 1, 2 & 13. Oral presentations C. 1-4 &

B. 1, 2 & D. 1-4
D. 1
Introducing course aim, objectives, weekly Practicing how to narrow down a general area to
1 plan and general grading system, what reach a statement identifying the research
research is and discussing suggested areas
Page 132 of 407
for the research paper problem, research question(s) and hypothesis
Introducing techniques of narrowing down Reading strategies (skimming, scanning,

a general area into a focused topic inferencing, highlighting, underlining or note-
2
taking in margins to reach a conceptual
framework/graphic organiser)
Discussing the differences between a Practicing the reading strategies to reach a

3 statement of the research problem, research graphic organiser and an annotated card for
question(s) and hypothesis source 1
Introducing library skills (types and Introducing the components of APA Theoretical /
4 evaluation of sources, useful links) Empirical papers
Introducing differences between a Applying APA in-text and full citation rules
5 summary, paraphrase and quotation while working on the first Annotated
together with APA in-text and full citation Bibliography Card
Introducing means of organising ideas in Administering Quiz 1

the Literature Review using transitional
6 signals (argumentation, classification, cause
and effect, chronology, compare and
contrast)
7&8 MIDTERM EXAMS
Intensive practice of summarising and Returning portfolio of first half of semester to

9 paraphrasing using APA in-text and full students and discussing poor and good samples
citation on selected sections from Source 2
Answering any questions related to the • Intensive practice of summarising and

10 portfolio paraphrasing using APA in-text and full
citation on Source 3
Page 133 of 407

Introducing and detecting contextualised Intensive practice of summarising and

11 Fallacies paraphrasing using APA in-text and full citation
on Source 4.
Introducing the theoretical and empirical Intensive practice of summarising and

Discussion and Abstract sections of a paraphrasing using APA in-text and full citation
12 research paper on Source 4.
Introducing guidelines for formatting the Follow-up

13
final draft of research paper
14 Oral presentations
15 FINAL TERM EXAMS
A.3 Writing
Page 134 of 407

B.5 Writing
D.3 Writing
D.4 Active learning/ Moodle

-Students with low self-esteem are continuously encouraged and a positive feedback on their progress is
- Students with any physical disability or transient cases which make their participation in activities
difficult will be helped by a T.A.
- Students with poor computer skills or difficulty preparing or presenting their work are assured and

Page 135 of 407


Tool
A. 1, 2 Quiz 1 Short Notes, Marks Summative Week 3 10%

MCQs, essay with feed-
B. 1, question back
C.3,
A.3,
B.3
A. 1, Mid Term Essay Marks Summative Week 7 20%

2,3, Exam Questions, &8
B.1,2,3 MCQ,
Diagrams.
A. 3, 4 Quiz 2 Short Notes, Marks Summative Week 10 10%

MCQ and T&F with feed-
B. 3,4 with back
justification.
D.1, 2, Assignment Write a research Marks Summative Week 12 20%

4, C.3,4 paper on a with feed-
selected topic. back
A. 1, 2, Final Exam: Definitions, Letter Summative Week 15 40%

Questions,
MCQ
Diagrams.
Total 100%
Page 136 of 407


1. Notes Course Manuals
2. Course Lester, J., & Lester, J. (2007). Writing research papers: A complete guide (5th
Textbook ed.). New York: Pearson education.
3. Suggested Spack, R. (2007). Guidelines: A cross- cultural reading/writing text (3rd ed.).
Reference Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Books
Lester, J., & Lester, J. (2009). Writing research papers: A complete guide (12th
ed.). New York: Pearson education.
Spack, R. (2007). Guidelines: A cross-cultural reading/writing text (4th ed.).

Cambridge: Cambridge University Press
4. Suggested Murdoch University. (2011). APA Documentation Style. Retrieved September

Periodicals/ 12, 2011, from http://libguides.murdoch.edu. au/APA
Journals
5. Useful Websites • http://libguides.murdoch.edu.au/print_content.php?pid=63242&sid=466
316
• http://search.ebscohost.com
• http://www.questia.com
• http://books.google.com/
• http://e-learning.msa.edu.eg
• https://owl.english.purdue.edu/owl/resource/560/01/
• http://www.apastyle.org/
• http://search.ebscohost.com/
11. Banner Data

Page 137 of 407

IF Course is a replacement for an existing course, N/A

Programme(s) affected
Linked Course N/A
12. KIS Data

Practical Work 0 0%
Tutorials 1 33.33%
Total 4 100%
Course Instructor: Dr. Ghada Al Akhdar
Page 138 of 407

1. Course Data

Course Code: BT202
Course Title Cell and Tissue Culture
Course Level: 3 4 ✓ 5 6 7 Year 2/Sem 2
1 1 study: 1
Pre-requisite/s BIO_201 2 2 2
3 3 3
2. Aims/Objectives:
The aim of this course is to introduce the concepts of cell and tissue culture to the students, and to teach
the basic knowledge and skills essential to the successful cultivation of plant and animal cells and tissues.
The course also aims at exploring development phenomena in tissue culture cells.
Understanding: 1. The concept of cell and tissue culture.
2. Equipment, procedures, and terminology of aseptic culture.
3. The effect of hormones on cell development.
B. Cognitive skills: 1. Differentiate between different morphological stages, and
various types of culture.
C. Professional skills 1. Formulate media and solutions to be used in the culturing
process.
Page 139 of 407

BT202, CELL AND TISSUE CULTURE, 2017 FACULTY OF BIOTECHNOLOGY

communication
skills
1. Introduction to Plant
Tissue Culture and A.1,
1. Introduction to cell and tissue culture A.1
Laboratory Safety A.2
Regulations
A.1,
2. Plant tissue culture 2. Plant culture types B.1
A.2
A.2,
A.3,
3. Plant growth regulators and plant culture A.3, 3. Preparation of MS Media D.1
C.1
A.2, A.2,
4. Types of plant tissue culture 4. Seed Culture
B.1 C.1
A.2,
5. Cell and suspension cultures B.1 5. Embryo Culture
C.1
A.2,
6. Protoplast culture B.1 6. Carrot root culture C.1
A.2,
7. Haploid cultures B.1 7. Shoot tip culture C.1
A.2,
A.3,
8. Pathways of cultured cells and tissues
B.1
8. Acclimatization B.1,
C.1
A.3,
9. Plant micropropagation B.1 9. Animal cell culture B.1
1 Introduction to Plant Tissue Culture and

Introduction to cell and tissue culture
Laboratory Safety Regulations
Page 140 of 407

2 Plant culture types

Plant tissue culture
* Assignment.1P
Preparation of MS Media
3 Plant growth regulators and plant * Quiz.1P
culture
Seed Culture
4 Types of plant tissue culture
* Quiz.1T
5 Cell and suspension cultures Embryo Culture
Carrot root culture

6 Protoplast culture
* Assignment.1T
7 REVISION
REVISION
8&9 MIDTERM EXAMS
10 Haploid cultures Shoot tip culture
Acclimatization
11 Pathways of cultured cells and tissues
* Assignment.2P
Plant micropropagation Animal cell culture

12
* Assignment.2T * Quiz.2P
13 REVISION 1/2 REVISION

* Quiz.2T
Page 141 of 407

14 REVISION 2/2 Practical exam
15 FINAL TERM EXAMS
A.1 Active learning, lectures, integrating technology, and discussion method

A.2 Active learning, laboratory kits, integrating technology, and discussion method
A.3 Active learning, laboratory kits, laboratory presentations, integrating technology, and
discussion method
B.1 Active learning, integrating technology, laboratory kits, case method, and discussion method
C.1 Active learning, integrating technology and laboratory kits
D.1 Lab work, discussion.

MSA policies and regulations require that any student with a physical, mental or emotional
disability and in need of assistance, are provisioned special sessions within the context of the
personal tutoring system. In a more standard form, disabilities are given special considerations
with respect to examinations, attendance, marking and texting proximity provided that
appropriate notifications are priory given. Further details and policies can be viewed in students
support handbook.
Regarding the Cell and tissue culture course, there is a practical part that is incorporated.
Students have enough space in the lab in order to circulate using a wheel chair. There is a
“laminar flow hood” available for those students. There is also a special low bench for their
practical work. Faculty staff including lab technicians are trained well in order to help students
with special challenges.

Computers and projectors.
Laboratories.
Protocols.
Lab equipment.
Chemicals & reagents.
E- learning
Page 142 of 407
Plant samples.
Incubators
Tissue culture plates

Tool
Short Summative
Week
B.1 & D.1 Assignment.1P descriptive Marks with 2.5%
2
note feedback
Summative
Week
A.3 Quiz.1P Short notes Marks with 2.5%
3
feedback
Summative
Week
A.2 & B.1 Quiz.1T Short notes Marks with 5%
4
feedback
Short Summative
Week
B.1 & D.1 Assignment.1T descriptive Marks with 2.5%
6
note feedback
Essay
A.1, A.2, Week
Midterm exam questions, Marks Summative 20%
A.3 & B.1 7,8
and MCQs
Short Summative
A.2, B.1, C.1 Week
Assignment.2P descriptive Marks with 2.5%
& D.1 10
note feedback
Summative
Week
A.3 & B.1 Quiz.2P Short notes Marks with 2.5%
11
feedback
Page 143 of 407

Short Summative
Week
B.1 & D.1 Assignment.2T descriptive Marks with 2.5%
11
note feedback
Summative
A.3, B.1 & Week
Quiz.2T Short notes Marks with 5%
C.1 12
feedback
Essay
A.1, A.2,
Final Practical questions, Week
A.3, B.1 & Marks Summative 15%
Exam cases, 13
C.1
practical
Essay
A.1, A.2, Letter Week
Final Exam questions, 12 Summative 40%
A.3 & B.1 grading 15
MCQ, cases.
Total 100%

1. Notes Lecture and laboratory notes
2. Course Textbook Vasil, I. K., & Thorpe, T. A. (Eds.). (2013). Plant cell and tissue culture.
Springer Science & Business Media.
3. Suggested Doyle, A., & Griffiths, J. B. (Eds.). (1998). Cell and tissue culture:
Reference Books laboratory procedures in biotechnology. New York: Wiley.
4. Suggested Plant Cell, Tissue and Organ Culture (PCTOC)
Periodicals/ Journal of Tissue Culture Methods
Journals
5. Useful Websites Massachusetts Institute of Technology, (2017). Guidelines for Working in
the Tissue Culture Facility. Retrieved from
https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/biological-engineering/20-109-laboratory-
fundamentals-in-biological-engineering-spring-2010/labs/guidelines-for-
Page 144 of 407

working-in-the-tissue-culture-facility/
11. Banner Data


Linked Course N/A
12. KIS Data

Page 145 of 407

Tutorials 0 0%
Total 4 100%
Page 146 of 407

1. Course Data
Course Code GEN201
Course Title Introductory Genetics
Course Leader Dr. Ahmed K. Nada
Course Level 3 4 √ 5 6 7 Year 2/Sem 1
Credit Units/Hours 3
Contact Hours Theoretical: 2 Practical: 2 Tutorial: Independent

study:
Pre-requisite/s BIO101b and BIO102b
2. Aims/Objectives:
This course aims to provide a deep understanding about different aspects of genetics, through in-depth
studies on Mendelian Genetics, central dogma, mutations and genetic counseling. Moreover, Introductory
Genetics course aims to provide students with important and essential skills like constructing family
pedigree, Karyotyping and DNA Isolation.

Upon completion of this course, the student will show knowledge and understanding of:
Understanding: 1. Mendelian inheritance patterns and related inheritance laws
2. Genetic counseling, meaning, applications and importance.
Page 147 of 407

GEN201, INTRODUCTORY GENETICS, 2017 FACULTY OF BIOTECHNOLOGY
B. Cognitive Skills 1. Relate the aspects of molecular genetics

2. Determine how genes are replicated, transcribed and translated.
3.
C. Professional 1.Construct and analyze family pedigree for certain inherited disorder
Skills
2. Perform simple genetic experimentations like Karyotyping and DNA Isolation
D. General and 1. Demonstrate the ability to work in groups.

Communication
Skills
1. History of Genetics A.1, General Introduction about A.1 & D.1

A.2 genetics labs & Lab Safety
B.1, Rules
B.2,
C.1 &
C.2
2. Mendel’s Peas Plan: Discovering the A.1, Mendel’s Law of Inheritance A.1, A.2
Laws of Inheritance A.2 & (1) Monohybrid Cross & C.1
C.1
3. The Subject of Sex A.1, Mendel’s Law of Inheritance A.1, A.2

C.1 & (2) & C.1
C.1
Dihybrid Cross
4. DNA: The Genetic Material B.1 & Mendel’s Law of Inheritance A.1, A.2
C.2 (3) & C.1
Trihybrid Cross
Page 148 of 407

5. RNA: Like DNA but Different B.1 Non-Mendel’s Law of A.1, A.2
&C.1 Inheritance (4) & C.1
Incomplete dominance,
Codominance
Polygenic traits
6. Genetic code and Translation A.1, Genetic Pedigree Analysis A.1 &C.1
B.2 &
C.1
7. Mutation and Inherited Diseases B.1 & Genetic Karyotyping B.1& C.2
C.1
8. Chromosome Disorder A.1 & Studying different Mutation C.1 &C.2

C.2
9. Ten of the Hottest Issues in Genetics A.1 & DNA Extraction C.2 & D.1
B.1
History of genetics Coursework breakdown

1
Course curriculum
How to write a lab report**
Mendel’s Peas Plan: Discovering the Mendel’s Law of Inheritance (1)

Laws of Inheritance (1)
Monohybrid Cross
2 Dominance and Monohybrid cross
Exercises on monohybrid cross problems
Multiple-Loci Crosses
*Assignment 1 (P)
Page 149 of 407

Mendel’s Peas Plan: Discovering the Mendel’s Law of Inheritance

Dihybrid Cross
Finding Unknown Alleles
Exercises on dihybrid cross problems
Incomplete dominance
3 Non-Mendel’s Law of Inheritance
Codominance
Incomplete dominance
* Assignment 1 (T)
Codominance
Quiz 1 (T)
Polygenic traits
Mendel’s Peas Plan: Discovering the Mendel’s Law of Inheritance (3)

Trihybrid Cross
Quantitative inheritance, Multiple alleles
4 Exercises on trihybrid cross problems
Lethal alleles
Chi-Square Analysis
Genes linked together
Quiz 1 (P)
The Subject of Sex General Exercises on the previous labs
Sex-Determination Disorders in Humans

5
Sex-linked Inheritance
Sex-influenced traits
DNA: The Genetic Material Genetic Pedigree Analysis
Discovering DNA Autosomal Dominant and Recessive

6
The structure of DNA Sex linked Dominant and Recessive
DNA Replication
7&8 MIDTERM EXAMS
9 RNA: Like DNA but Different Genetic Karyotyping
Page 150 of 407

Studying Bacterial Mutation.
Bacterial Mutation by UV light
Project
Assignment 2 (P)
Genetic Code and Translation DNA Extraction
Translating the Genetic Code DNA Extraction from banana fruit

10
Meeting the Translating Team Quiz 2 (P)
* Assignment 2 (T)
Mutation and Inherited Diseases General Exercises on the previous labs
Starting Off with Types of Mutations

11
Facing the Consequences of Mutation
The chemistry of mutation
Chromosome Disorders Revision
Studying Chromosomes
12 CountingUp Chromosomes
Chromosome Disorder
Quiz 2 (T)
Ten of the Hottest Issues in Genetics Practical Exam

13
14 FINAL TERM EXAMS
Page 151 of 407

B.1 Discussions and active learning.
B.2 Discussions and active learning.
C.1 Case study and cooperative learning.
C.2 Case study, and cooperative learning.
D.1 Cooperative learning and lab experiment

Computers
Projectors
Laboratories and equipment
Chemicals and reagents
University library

As part of the MSA standard policies, any student with a physical, mental or emotional challenge receive
assistance during provisioned special sessions within the context of the personal tutoring system.
In a more generic form, any challenges or difficulties are given special consideration with respect to
examinations, attendance, marking and texting proximity provided in response to prior appropriate
notification. Moreover, as there is a practical part incorporated in this course, special tables were designed
for those who have physical challenges, and well trained technicians are available to deal with them for
their comfort
Page 152 of 407


Tool
A.1 Quiz 1 (P) Case studies and 2.5 1.25 Summative Week 4 2.5%
short notes with
feedback
A.1 Quiz 1 (T) Short notes 2.5 1.25 Summative Week 3 2.5
with
feedback
B.1 Assignment 1 (Project): 2.5 1.25 Summative Week 2 2.5%

(P) Analyse…….
B.2 Assignment 1 (Project): 2.5 1.25 Summative Week 3

(T) Evaluate….. 2.5%
A.1, Mid Term Essay Questions, 20 10 Summative Week 8 20%

B.1, Exam Diagrams.
C.1,
D.1
C.2 Assignment 2 (Solve the 2.5 1.25 Summative Week 9 2.5%

(P) problem of a
residential area)
A.1 & Assignment 2 Discuss… 2.5 1.25 Summative Week 10 2.5%

C.1 (T)
B.1, Quiz 2 (T) Short Notes, 2.5 1.25 Summative Week 12 2.5%
C.1 T&F with with
justification. feedback
B.1 & Quiz 2 (P) Short notes and 2.5 1.25 Summative Week 10 2.5%
C.1 case studies with
feedback
D.1 Project Rubric 2.5 Formative Week 10 5%

with
feedback
Page 153 of 407

A.1, Final practical Case studies, 15 7.5 Summative Week 13 15%

B.1, short notes,
C.1 & Diagrams.
D.2
A1, Final Exam: Essay Questions, 40 12 Summative Week 14 40%

B.1, Diagrams.
B.2,
C.1,
C.2
Total 100%

Hartl, Daniel and Jones, Elizabeth. (1998) GENETICS PRINCIPLES

AND ANALYSIS. Jones and Bartlett publishers. 076370489X
3. Suggested Reference Brown, T.A.(2011) INTRODUCTION TO GENETICS: A

Books MOLECULAR APPROACH.Taylor and Francis Group.
9780815365099
4. Suggested Periodicals/ Journal of Genetics and Nature

Journals
5. Useful Websites Online Genetics Education Resources
11. Banner Data

Page 154 of 407

Linked Course N/A
12. KIS Data

Tutorials 0 0%
Total 4 100%
Course Instructor: Dr. Ahmed M. K. Nada
Page 155 of 407

1. Course Data
Code(s)
Course Code: MB201
Course Title Immunology
Course Leader Dr. Radwa Yehia Mekky
Credit 3
Units/Hours:
study:
Pre-requisite/s BIO102, MB102
2. Aims/Objectives:
The aim of this course is to provide sufficient knowledge about the types of Immunity and the
differences between them (Innate and Acquired Immunities) and to highlight the differences
between cellular and humoral immunity. The course also aims at explaining the immune
response to different types of antigens as well as illustrating the function of different
immunoglobulins. The course provides knowledge regarding the complement system and its
different pathways involved in immune response. The course also explains the differences
between hypersensitivity and autoimmunity and clarifies the different applications of Immuno-
informatics.
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to show knowledge and
understanding of:
Understanding: 1- The role of the immune system in inflammation, infection, hypersensitivity
and autoimmunity.
2- The different cells and organs of the immune system and their function in
eradicating the pathogen.
B. Cognitive skills: 1- Differentiate between innate, adaptive, cellular and humoral immune
systems
2- Compare between different types of immunoglobulins and different
pathways of the complement system.
Page 156 of 407
MB201, IMMUNOLOGY, 2017 FACULTY OF BIOTECHNOLOGY
C. Professional 1- Utilize different novel Immuno-informatics tools.

2- Isolate peripheral Blood Mononuclear cells from Whole blood.
skills
3- Dissect mice to expose lymphoid organs and Prepare lymphocyte
suspension from lymphoid organs
4- Perform blood typing
D. General and 1- Demonstrate the ability to work in a team.
communication
skills
4. Indicative Contents
Theoretical content ILOs Practical content ILOs
Introduction to Immunology A.1,A.2 General Introduction about lab A.1

techniques & Lab Safety Rules
Differences between Innate and A.1,B.1 Total leukocyte count C.2

acquired immunity
Cellular/Humoral components of A.1,B.1 Differential count of peripheral blood C.2

innate and adaptive immune system mononuclear cells
Complement system B.2 Dissection of mice to expose lymphoid C.3

organs
Antigens and antibodies B.2 Preparation of lymphocyte suspension C.3

from lymphoid organs
Different types of immunoglobulin B.2 ABO blood typing C.4

and their associated functions
Different types of Hypersensitivity A.1 Immunoinformatics C.1
Autoimmunity and the role of immune A.1 Project D.1

tolerance.
Page 157 of 407

1st week Introduction to the course Introduction to the laboratory work.

materials
● Coursework breakdown
History of Immunology ● Course curriculum
2nd week Differences between Innate and Total leukocyte count

adaptive immune systems
3rd week • Different cells and Ficol separation for isolation of PBMCs
organs of the immune
system.
• Quiz1 T
4th week • Humoral/ cellular Differential count of peripheral blood

immunity of the innate mononuclear cells
and adaptive immune
system
• Announce on the project.
5th week Complement system: Dissection of mice to expose lymphoid organs
• Different pathways
involved in
complement
activation.
• Function of the
complement system.
• Quiz 2T
6th week Molecular structure of Quiz 1P

immunoglobulins and its
effector function.
Page 158 of 407

7th week
MIDTERM EXAMS
8th week
9th week Different classes of ABO blood typing

immunoglobulins and their
molecular structure
10th week The structure function Immuno-informatics

relationship of immunoglobulins
11th week Hypersensitivity Continue ( immune-informatics)
• Different types of
hypersensitivity.
• Immune responses
underlying
hypersensitive reactions.
12th week Autoimmunity. -Quiz 2P
13th week Submission of project Revision
Quiz 3T
14th week Revision portfolio submission
Practical Exams
15th week FINAL TERM EXAMS
**Each student should submit lab report each lab session
Page 159 of 407


A.1 Power point presentation/Interactive Learning/Learning Groups
B.1 Power point presentation/Interactive Learning/Learning Groups
D.1 Preparing and presenting selected topics/ projects

- Students with some physical challenges are met occasionally to ensure that they receive the
information clearly and deal with their discomfort and Active learning/ Moodle could be of great
help for those students.
- Students with any physical challenges or transient cases, which make their participation in

- A special table was designed to accommodate a student in a wheel chair.

CILOs Assessmen Assessment Gradin Pass Assessmen Timin Weigh
t Method/s Tool g Mode Mar t Type g t
k
A.1 Quiz 1T Multiple Marks Summative Week 2.5%
choice, short with 3
notes, feedback
midterm Short Notes/ Marks Summative Week 5%
Essay 7
questions
A.2 Quiz 2T Multiple Marks Summative Week 2.5%
Page 160 of 407
notes, feedback
Midterm Short Notes/ Marks Summative Week 7.5%
Essay 7
questions
B.1 Quiz 3T Multiple Marks Summative Week
2.5%
notes, feedback
Midterm Short notes/ Summative
Essay 5%
question
B.2 assignment Write on Marks Summative Week 5%
selected topic with 11
feedback
Midterm Short notes/ Marks Summative Week 5%
Essay 7
question
C.1 Lab Quiz Short Notes Marks Summative Week 2.5%
with 3
feedback
Final Short Notes, Letters Summative Week 2.5%
Practical Essay with 14
exam questions, feedback
experimenta
l
procedures.
with 12
Final Short Notes, Letter feedback Week 2.5%
practical Essay Grading 14
exam questions,
Experimenta
l
procedures.
C.3 Final Short Notes, Letter Summative Week 5%
Practical Essay Grading with 14
Experimenta
l
procedures.
C.4 Final Short Notes, Letter Summative Week 5%
Practical Essay Grading with 14
Experimenta
Page 161 of 407
l
procedures.
D.1 Project Rubric Marks Summative Week 5%
with 14
feedback
A.1,A.2,B.1,B. Final Essay Letter 12 Summative Week 40%
2, Exam: Questions, Grading 16
case study,
Diagrams.
Total 100%

2. Course Textbook Abbas, A. K., Lichtman, A. H., & Pillai, S. (2010). Cellular and
molecular immunology. Philadelphia: Saunders/Elsevier.
3. Suggested Murphy, K., Travers, P., Walport, M., & Janeway, C.

Reference Books (2008). Janeway's immunobiology. New York: Garland Science.
4. Suggested - Human immunology
Periodicals/
Journals
5. Useful Websites https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/
11. Banner Data

Course Status Core Option √

Page 162 of 407
Linked Course N/A

12. KIS Data

Tutorials 0 0%
Total 4 100%
Course Instructor: Dr. Radwa Mekky
Page 163 of 407

1. Course Data
Course Code: MTH_201b
Course Title Biostatistics
Course Leader Prof. Nabil Ibrahim
Contact Hours: Theoretical: 2 Practical: Tutorial: 2 Independent
study:
Pre-requisite/s MTH_101b
2. Aims/Objectives:
The aim of this course is to introduce to students the types of statistics, population versus sample, mean,
median, mode, variance, standard deviational, and coefficient of variation, and to give students basic
knowledge of some standard probability distributions; random variable, frequency distribution, sampling
distribution and estimation of population parameters. The course also trains students to implement
statistical hypotheses and put them to the test, implement tests of significance, and perform analysis of
variance as well as regression and correlation to biological studies.
A. Knowledge & By the end of this course students should be able to show knowledge and
comprehension of:
Understanding:
1. Fundamentals of Statistics; as in systematic collection,
organization and mathematical analysis of experimental data.
2. Modern statistics techniques and their applications in
Biotechnology.
B. Cognitive skills: 1. Test an idea/hypothesis.
2. Interpret biological data used in various applications such as frequency
or sampling distributions.
C. Professional 1. Demonstrate statistical reasoning and contextually.
2. Utilize formulas in solving biotechnology-related issues.
skills
D. General and 1. Develop Sampling skills for surveys/marketing
Page 164 of 407

MTH_201B, BIOSTATISTICS, 2017 FACULTY OF BIOTECHNOLOGY
communication skills
Types of Statistics. A.1, B.2 Informing the students about course grading A.1,
system, evaluation, course materials and B.2
resources.
Population versus sample. A.1, D.1 Practicing on different types of data A.1,
distribution and probabilities and their D.1
example
Relationship between the Mean, B.2, C.1 Application on central tendency measures B.1,
Median, and Mode. C.1
The analysis of variance and the B.2, using the analytical methods used in tackling A.2,
standard deviation for ungrouped C.2 biotechnology-related problems. B.2
and grouped data
The sample space, events, and B.1, C.1, Practicing on basics of inferential statistics. A.1,
counting sample points. D.1 C.1
The concept of probability.
Adding and multiplying
probabilities.
Random variables. Discrete and A.2, D.1 Comparison of groups with outcome in B.1,
continuous probability continuous data. C.1
distributions.
The normal and standard normal A.2, C.2 Correlation of continuous data and linear B.2,
distributions and their applications regression; ordinal and nominal data. C.2
in the field of biotechnology.
Sampling distributions. Sampling A.2, C.2 Application of statistical analysis for a A.1,
from a normally and non-normally specific clinical or basic research project or C.1
distributed population. the appropriate selection of statistical analysis
in a technical paper.
Estimation of a population mean A.2, B.1, Evaluation of significance with different D.1,
for a large and small sample. C.1 statistical techniques. C.2
Page 165 of 407

1 Course Outlines Review Introduction to the course

2 ● Types of Data • Brainstorming on types of data
3 ● Types of Statistics. • Ungrouped and grouped data
4 ● Population versus sample. • Exercises on Population & sample
5 • Ungrouped and grouped data • Exercises on central tendency

• Assignment 1 “Due date week 6” measures and dispersion measures
6 • Relationship between the Mean, • Assignment 1 “Due date week 10”

Median, and Mode. • Quiz (1)
7&8 MIDTERM EXAMS
9 • The sample space, events, and • Introduction to probability

counting sample points.
• The concept of probability. • Exercises on probability

10
Adding and multiplying
probabilities.
11 ● The normal and standard normal • Exercises on Normal distribution

distributions
● Application of normal and standard • * Assignment 2 “Due date week 14”

12 normal distributions in the field of • *Quiz 2
biotechnology.
14 FINAL TERM EXAMS
Page 166 of 407


B.1 Simulators & Models
Research & Projects
B.2 Cooperative learning
Workshop
Active learning /Moodle
C.1 Guided Independent Study
Presentations
D.1 Case study


- Well equipped computer labs and trained technicians for students with poor computer
skills.
Page 167 of 407


CILOs Assessment Assessment Grading Pass Assessment Type Timing Weight
Method/s Tool Mode Mark
A.1 Quiz 1: Problems, MCQs Marks Summative Week 3 2.5%
with feed-back
A.2 Assignment 1 Research on …… Marks Summative Week 4 2.5 %
B.1 Assignment 2 Group Letter Formative Week 6 2.5 %
presentation Grading
B.2 Assignment 3 Analytical Marks Summative Week 10 0%
thinking
C.1 Oral Critical thinking Marks Summative Week 11 2.5%
Presentation Problems with feed-back
A1, Mid Term Problems, MCQs Marks Summative Week 7
A2, Exam & Definations 20%
B1, B2
C.2 Practical Rubric Marks Summative Week 14 25%
Exam
D.1 Oral Rubric Marks Summative Week 13 5%
Presentation with feed-back
A1, Final Exam: Problems, MCQs, Letter 12 Summative Week 16 40%
A2, Diagrams & Grading
B1, Definations
B2, C2
Total 100%

2. Course Textbook Hafez A. Radi. (2013) An Introduction to Biostatistical Analysis, latest
edition.
3. Suggested Reference Kathleen F. Weaver, Vanessa Morales, Sarah L. Dunn, Kanya Godde, Pablo
Books Weaver. (2002) An Introduction to Statistical Analysis in Research: With
Applications in the Biological and Life Sciences. Wiley. ISBN: 978-1-119-
29968-4.
4. Suggested NA
Periodicals/
Journals
5. Useful Websites www.graphpad.com/recommendations/morestat.htm
www.mva.org/composite-316.htm
www.biostat.harvard.edu/links/
Page 168 of 407

11. Banner Data


Donor Department
Linked Course N/A
12. KIS Data

Practical Work 0 0%
Tutorials 2 50 %
Total 4 100 %
Course Instructor: Prof. Nabil Ibrahim
Page 169 of 407

1. Course Data
Course Code: BCE_201
Course Title Biochemical Engineering
Course Level: 3 4 √ 5 6 7 Year2/Sem2:
study:
Pre-requisite/s Biochemistry II (BCHM201)
2. Aims/Objectives:
This course aims to provide the students with an introduction to biochemical and microbiological
applications to commercial and engineering processes, including industrial fermentation,
enzymology, ultrafiltration, food and pharmaceutical processing and resulting waste treatment.
The course also introduce the enzyme kinetics, cell growth and waste water treatment &
emphases the different chemical engineering concepts in biological problems.

Understanding: comprehension of:
1. Different metabolites secreted by microorganisms in correlation
with different industries.
2. The application of microorganisms and biochemical processes in
Page 170 of 407

BCE_201, BIOCHEMICAL ENGINEERING, 2017 FACULTY OF BIOTECHNOLOGY
engineered systems and processes.

3. A range of practical approaches associated with microbiology
and biochemistry e.g. microbial isolation and culture, microscopy
biochemical and genetic analyses.
E. Cognitive skills: 1. Construct experiments, and analyze data for fermentation processes
2. Construct and solve bioreactors problems
3. Describe waste water treatments.
F. Professional 1. Develop experience of current scientific methodologies appropriate
to scientific researches in industrial applications.
skills
G. General and 3. Demonstrate the ability to use E – Learning and getting familiar to
communication use it.
4. Show research skills
skills
1. Fermentation Process in relation with microorganisms & A1 , A2
raw materials
2. Design & Types of Bioreactors A1 , A2 ,B1 &B2
3. Bioreactors accessories A2 & B2
4. Upstream Processing A1 A,2,A3

5. Downstream processing A1 ,A 2 , A3
6. Separation & Isolation of particles A2 ,A3
7. Enzyme Immobilization A2,A3&D1
8. Introduction to chromatography analysis A2, A3 ,C1,C2
9. Biotechnology of Wastewater Treatment B2,B3,C1&D2
Page 171 of 407

Week Lecture
Fermentation Process in relation with microorganisms & raw materials

1
• Steps for the process
• Considered parameters for substrate & microorganisms to be chosen
Design & Types of Bioreactors

2
● Construction of the Bioreactors with different examples
Bioreactors accessories The concerns

3 • The functions of accessories
Quiz 1
Upstream Processing.
4
• Concept & mechanism of the process.
Downstream Processing.
5 • Concept & mechanism of the process

Quiz 2
❖ Group Project “ Due date week 12”
Separation & Isolation of particles

6
• Different ways to separate the metabolites from the feed stream
7&8 MIDTERM EXAMS
Page 172 of 407

Enzyme Immobilization
9 • Ways for immobilizations
• Materials used for immobilizations
• Advantages & disadvantages for each technique
Introduction to chromatography analysis
10 &11 • Concept of chromatography

• HPLC & GC composition and functions

Quiz 3
Biotechnology of Wastewater Treatment

12
• Primary, secondary & tertiary treatments
• Nutrients & toxins removal from water
13 Revision
14 Discussion all pervious assignments & Model answers of the Quizzes
15 FINAL TERM EXAMS
A (1,2,3) Flipped class room, Power point Presentations, Assignments, Open
discussions, Moodle (Videos, active links, extra reading) & self assessments
quizzes
B (1,2,3) Power point Presentations , assimilation videos, self assessments online
quizzes
C (1,2) Turnitin Assignments & Hand out training
D (1,2) Moodle & Active learning and/discussions
Page 173 of 407


the information clearly and deal with their discomfort and Active learning/ Moodle could also be
of great help for those students.

4. Computer supplied with a Data show
5. Microphone
6. Internet services (wireless)

CILOs Assessmen Assessmen Gradin Pass Assessmen Timin Weigh
t Method/s t g Mode Mar t Type g t
Tool k
A.1,2 Quiz 1 Short NA Summative Week 5%
Notes Marks with 3
Feedback
A1,2,3 Quiz 2 Essay Marks NA Summative Week 5%
Questions with 5
Feedback
A.1,2,3 &D1 Quiz 3 T/F NA Summative Week
Questions Marks with 11 5%
– Moodle Feedback
A2,3,B1,B2,D2& Assignmen Turnitin Marks NA Summative Week
C1 t 1 (Essay) with With 3 10%
feedback feedback
A1,2,3,B1,D2&C Assignmen Turnitin Marks NA Summative Week 15%
2 t2 with with 10
(Essay) feedback Feedback
A,B Midterm Essay Marks NA Summative Week 20%
exam Questions, with 7&8
Page 174 of 407
Diagrams Feedback
A,B,C Final Essay 12/40 Summative Week 40%
Exam: Questions, Letter 15
Diagrams. Grading
Total 100%

2. Course Textbook 1. Casida LE (1968) Industrial microbiology (Wiley, New York ;
London).
2. Doyle MP, Beuchat LR, & Montville TJ (2001) Food
microbiology : fundamentals and frontiers (ASM Press,
Washington, D.C.) 2nd ed.
Progress in Industrial Microbiology, vol 31, Elsevier (ISBN 0444-
Reference Books
98666-9)
2. DEMAIN, A.L. and DAVIES, J.E., (1999). Manual of Industrial
Microbiology and Biotechnology ASM-Press, USA (ISBN -1-
55581-128-OC)
0521-77917-0)
4. Suggested
Periodicals/ WILEY-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA, Weinheim, (2016).
Journal of Basic Microbiology , Volume 56, Issue 4, Pages 329–
Journals
438
5. Useful Websites http://eu.wiley.com/WileyCDA/WileyTitle/productCd-
3527338047.html
http://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/book/10.1002/9783527627646
Page 175 of 407

11. Banner Data


Linked Course N/A
12. KIS Data

Practical Work - -
Tutorials - -
Total 2 100%
Course Instructor: Amgad Mostafa Rady
Page 176 of 407

1. Course Data

Course Code BT201
Course Title Molecular Biology
Course Leader Dr. Osama Saad
Course Level 3 4 √ 5 6 7 Year 2/Sem 2
study:
Pre-requisite/s GEN201, MB102
2. Aims/Objectives:
This course introduces the students to the prokaryotic and eukaryotic gene structure, expression,
regulation and analysis. The course provides in-depth studies covering various molecular tools
and techniques such as restriction enzymes digestion, PCR methods, gene cloning, molecular
markers and DNA sequencing in addition to their applications.
1. The structure, function and properties of DNA and RNA.
2. Gene expression (Transcription; transcription factors, gene
regulation, post transcriptional processes as well as translation
and post translation processes) in both prokaryotes and
eukaryotes systems
3. The applications of molecular markers and gene cloning.
E. Cognitive Skills 1. Use electrophoresis techniques as preliminary step for various
molecular analysis.
2. Design DNA primers for PCR reactions and DNA sequencing.
3. Utilize molecular markers and cloning vectors.
F. Professional 1. Extract of nucleic acids
Skills 2. Perform restriction enzymes digestion, polymerase chain reaction (PCR)
program, RT- PCR reactions and DNA sequencing.
3. Identify, isolate, clone of genes and DNA markers.
Page 177 of 407

BT201, MOLECULAR BIOLOGY, 2017 FACULTY OF BIOTECHNOLOGY
4. G. General and 1. Display the ability to work in groups

5. Communication 2. Write an appropriate and professional lab report with deep
Skills interpretations.
1. Concepts of Molecular Biology A.1 General Introduction about labs B.2,
2. Molecules of Life & Lab Safety Rules C.1 &
How to use a micropipette C.2
3. Genetic code and enzymatic reaction A.1 & Micropipettes and B.2,
A.2 calculations C.1 &
C.2
4. Restriction enzymes B.1 & DNA Extraction A.1,
C.3 C.1 D.1
& D.2
5. Polymerase Chain reaction (PCR) A.1, Agarose-gel electrophoresis B.1,
C.1 & B.2,
C.2 D.1 &
D.2
6. Real Time PCR (Quantitative PCR) A.1, Restriction Enzymes A.1,
C.1 & B.1,
C.2 D.1 &
D.2
7. Molecular Markers A.1 & Polymerase Chain Reaction B.1,
A.3 (PCR) B.2,
Preparing the reaction mix and B.3,
setting the PCR program C.2 &
C.3
8. Cloning and gene expression A.1, Molecular cloning methods and C.1,
A.3, gene libraries D.1 &
B.1 & D.2
C.3
9. Control of gene expression in A.1, Primer design and Primer B.2,
prokaryotes A.2 & reconstitution B.3 &
A.3 C.2
10. Control of gene expression in A.1, Molecular markers and A.3
eukaryotes A.2 & molecular advancements in
A.3 molecular biology.
Page 178 of 407


1 Course breakdown ● Course curriculum
Course curriculum How to use micropipettes
Concepts of Molecular Biology Micropipettes and calculations

Molecules of Life:
DNA Calculations and rules needed for dilutions
2
preparations.
RNA
Protein *Assignment 1 (P)
Genetic code and enzymatic reaction. DNA Extraction
3 Transcription and Translation Using Boiling method

* Assignment 1 (T)
Restriction enzymes Agarose-gel electrophoresis

4 Origin Buffer and gel preparations
Molecular applications Extracted DNA samples’ loading
Polymerase Chain reaction (PCR) Restriction Enzymes

Principles Using EcoRI,EcoRVHindIII, and BamHI
5 Optimization
Applications
Quiz 1 (T)
Real-time PCR Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR)

Principle
Optimization Amplifying 16s rRNA gene using 16s primers
6 Uses and Applications
Preparing the reaction mix and setting the PCR
program
Practical Midterm
7&8 MIDTERM EXAMS
Molecular Markers Molecular cloning methods and gene libraries

9 Types of genetic markers
Page 179 of 407

Applications of genetic markers
Cloning and gene expression Primer design and Primer reconstitution

Expression cloning
Expression vectors The lyophilized state of the primers
10 Applications
*Assignment 2 (T)
Control of gene expression in Molecular markers and molecular

Prokaryotes advancements in molecular biology.
11 Transcription
Translation
Quiz 2 (T)
Control of gene expression in Eukaryotes Revision

12 Transcription
Translation
13 Revision Final Exam
14 FINAL TERM EXAMS


B.1 Practical experiments and active learning.
B.2 Practical experiments and active learning.
B.3 Problem solving and case study
C.1 Practical experiments and active learning
C.2 Practical experiments and active learning
C.3 Practical experiments, case study and problem solving.
D.1 Practical experiments and cooperative learning.
D.2 Practical experiments and cooperative learning.
Page 180 of 407

Computers
Projectors
Bacterial cultures
Kits, chemicals, and reagents
Protocols
University library
As part of the MSA standard policies, any student with a physical, mental or emotional challenge
receive assistance during provisioned special sessions within the context of the personal tutoring
system.
respect to examinations, attendance, marking and texting proximity provided in response to prior
appropriate notification. Moreover, as there is a practical part incorporated in this course, special
tables were designed for those who have physical challenges with sufficient spaces within the lab
to ensure their comfort.

A.1 Quiz 1 (T) Short Notes, Grade N/A Summative Week 5
MCQs with 10%
feedback
A.2 & A.3 Quiz 2 (T) Short Notes, Grade N/A Summative Week 11
MCQs with
feedback
A.2 Assignment Explain……. Grade N/A Summative Week 3
1 (T)
A.3 Assignment Evaluate….. Grade N/A Summative Week 10 5%
2 (T)
B.1, B.2, Midterm Diagram Grade N/A Summative Week 6 5%
B.3, C.1 & Exam (P) interpretations, with
C.2 short Notes, feedback
T&F with
justification.
Page 181 of 407

A.1, A.2, Midterm Essay Grade 10 Summative Week 7 20 %

A.3, B.1 & Exam (T) Questions and &8
B.2 Diagrams
B.2 Assignment Problem Grade N/A Summative Week 2 5%
1 (P) solving:
Calculate…..
B.1, B.2, Final Exam Problem Grade N/A Summative Week 13 15 %
C.1, C.2 & (P) Solving,
C.3 handling
assessment,
diagrams
A1, A.2, Final Exam Essay Letter 12 Summative Week 14 40%
A.3, B.1 & (T) Questions, grading
B.2 Diagrams.
Total 100%

2. Course Textbook Wilson, J. H., & Hunt, T. (2002). Molecular biology of the cell, 4th
edition: a problems approach(Vol. 8). New York: Garland Science.
3. Suggested Reference Enger, E. D., Ross, F. C., & Bailey, D. B. (2012). Concepts in
Books biology. New York: McGraw-Hill.
WEB BOOK: http://www.web-books.com/MoBio/
4. Suggested Periodicals/ Journal of molecular biology
Journals Molecular biology Reports
Cell
GENE
5. Useful Websites https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/
http://molbiol-tools.ca/
https://www.sciencedaily.com/terms/molecular_biology.htm
https://bmcmolbiol.biomedcentral.com/
11. Banner Data


Page 182 of 407

Linked Course N/A
12. KIS Data

Tutorials 0 0%
Total 6 100%
Course Instructor: Dr. Osama S.S. Hassan
Page 183 of 407

1. Course Data
Code(s)
Programme Title BSc.Hons. Biotechnology
Course Code: BT_204
Course Title Bioinformatics
Course Leader Dr. Amr Ageez
Course Level: 3 4 √ 5 6 7 Year2/sem 2
Credit 3
Units/Hours:
study:
Pre-requisite/s CSB102b
2. Aims/Objectives:
The aim of the course is to increase the awareness of the students regarding the importance of
Bioinformatics as a rapidly growing field of biotechnology. This course aims to provide
knowledge on the different computer methods used to analyze the huge amount of information
that is being gathered about human gene sequences and genetic diseases. The course also
emphasizes the integration of basic and applied research in human, plant and microorganism
gene mapping and molecular cloning.
1- The difference of information gathered through literature searching,
finding DNA and protein sequences. , and performing BLAST
searches.
2- The difference in the structure of human and other organisms’
genomes.
B. Cognitive Skills 1. Analyze DNA and protein sequences through retrieving DNA
sequences and protein structures from databases.
2. Correlate between DNA sequencing and certain traits.
C. Professional 1. Analysis DNA and protein sequences through alignments, multiple
Skills alignments, and performing phylogenic analysis.
Page 184 of 407
BT_204, BIOINFORMATICS, 2017 FACULTY OF BIOTECHNOLOGY
2. Utilize different biological software and data base

Communication
Skills
4. Indicative Content
Bioinformatics A2,B1,C3 Exercises on Pubmed, A2,B1,C3

Database, Pubmed, OMIM, OMIA,
OMIM, OMIA, Nucleotide, Protein and
Nucleotide, Protein
Gene databases.
and Gene databases.
Mapping of human A1 The application of map A1,C2,C3

genome view web page for
mapping human genome.
Plant and B1,B2 Using genome database B2,C1,C2,C3

microorganism
genome
characterization
Bioinformatics tools B1,B2,C1,C2,C3 Application of EMBOSS B2,C1,C2,C3

for the molecular package for DNA analysis
cloning and restriction
mapping .l
Determining protein A2 Using EMBOSS package A2,B1,C3

structure and databases for protein
structure determination.
Multiple alignment of A1,A2 Using EMBOSS package A2

protein sequences for multiple alignment.
Page 185 of 407

Phylogenetic analysis A2 Using Phylogenetic A2

analysis software.
Project
Project D1
1st week Introduction to Bioinformatics Introduction to the laboratory work.
2nd week ● Bioinformatics Database, Pubmed Database and mesh terms

Pubmed, OMIM, OMIA, description
Nucleotide, Protein and
Gene databases
3rd week Genome database and ● Nucleotide and Protein Databases
Map viewer databases
4th week ● Quiz1 and Assignment 1, ● Genome Databases and map view
general applications about analysis
the previously introduced ● Quiz 1
databases
5th week BLAST search ● BLAST applications
6th week Molecular biology databases. ● Revision

DNA analysis software, examples ● Assignment 1
abiview, removal of vectors
Page 186 of 407

sequence contamination.
7th & 8th

MIDTERM EXAMS
weeks
9thweek ● Molecular biology Molecular biology Software and application

databases. DNA analysis on DNA
software, examples ORF
detection, restriction
enzymes related software
and primer design
10th week Molecular biology databases. ● Molecular biology Software and

Protein analysis software, such application on Protein
as identification of domain,
fingerprints and protein profiles
11th week ● Alignment using ● Dotplot and Clustall tutorials

qualitative and
quantitative methods.
Multiple alignments
● Quiz 2
12th week ● Phylogenic analysis Phylogenic analysis
Quiz 2
* Project
13th week Quiz 3 Revision
14th week Revision Portfolio submission
Submission of Assignment 2 Practical Exams
Page 187 of 407

**Each student should submit lab report each lab on the previous one
6. Teaching strategies

A.1
Power point presentation /Interactive Learning/Learning Groups
computational tools
A.2

computational tools
B.1
computational tools
B.2
computational tools
C.1

computational tools
C.2

computational tools
C.3
computational tools

Page 188 of 407


- Lecture rooms with data show
- A special table was designed to accommodate a student in a wheel chair

k
A.1 Quiz Multiple Marks Summative Week 5%
choice, with 3
short notes, feedback
Midterm Short Notes/ Marks Week 5%
Essay 7
questions
A.2 Quiz Multiple Marks Summative Week 5%
choice, with 11
Midterm Short Notes/ Marks Week 5%
Essay 7
questions
B.1 Lab Quiz Multiple Marks Summative Week
2.5%
choice, with 3
Midterm Short notes/ Marks Week
Essay 7
question
5%
Final Short notes/ Marks Week
practical Essay 14
question
B.2 Final lab Write on Marks Summative Week 5%
practical selected topic with 14
Midterm Short notes/ Marks feedback Week 5%
Essay 7
question
with 3
feedback
Page 189 of 407

Final Short Notes, Marks Summative Week 5%

experimenta
l
procedures.
with 12
feedback
C.3 Lab Quiz Short notes Mark Summative Week 2.5%

with 13
Final lab Computer Mark feedback Week 5%
practical based exam 14
with 14
feedback
A.1,A.2B.1,B.2 Final Essay Letter 12 Summative Week 40%
, Exam: Questions, Grading with 16
case study, feedback
Diagrams.
Total 100%

2. Course Textbook Neil C. Jones, Pavel A. Pevzner, (2000), Computational Molecular
Biology: An Algorithmic Approach: (MIT Press)
3. Suggested Warren J, Grant G. (2005)Statistical Methods in Bioinformatics: An

Reference Books Introduction (Statistics for Biology and Health: Springer
4. Suggested Journal of Proteomics & Bioinformatics

Periodicals/
Journals
Page 190 of 407

11. Banner Data


Linked Course N/A
12. KIS Data

Tutorials 0 0%
Total 4 100%
Course Instructor: Dr. Amr Ageez
Page 191 of 407

1. Course Data

Course Code: GEN202b
Course Title Microbial Genetics
Course Leader Dr Ashraf Bakkar
Course Level: 3 4 √ 5 6 7 Year/Sem: Year 2/Sem 2
Contact Hours: Theoretical: Practical: Tutorial: Independent
2 2
study:
Pre-requisite/s GEN201b, MB 201b
2. Aims/Objectives:
This course aims to introduce students to the realm of microbial genetics and its applications in the field
of Biotechnology. To this end, the course covers subjects such as Bacterial, Viral, Agrobacterium, and
yeast Genetics and mutations. Additionally, the course also emphasizes the interconnection between the
basic genetic characteristic of the studied microorganisms and how they were exploited in modern
Biotechnology techniques.
1. the basic genetic features of Bacteria, Viruses, Agrobacterium, Yeast
as well as mutations and their involvement in diseases.
2. the genetic characteristics in Bacteria, Viruses, Agrobacterium and
yeast and how they are exploited in Modern Biotechnology applications.
B. Cognitive Skills 1. Relate specific genetic characteristic as well as some processes such as
transformation, transduction and conjugation to Advanced Molecular Biology
techniques.
2. Compare transformation, transduction and conjugation as well as types
of viruses. Also different mutations by their effects.
C. Professional 1. Apply the acquired knowledge in Plasmid isolation and evaluation of
Skills its quality
2. Use the acquired knowledge in carrying out transformation and white
Page 192 of 407
GEN202, MICROBIAL GENETICS, 2017 FACULTY OF BIOTECHNOLOGY
/blue screening as well as differentiating between Prokaryotic from

Eukaryotic cells.
D. General and 1. Demonstrate self-motivation for independent self- learning.
Communication 2. Show ability to work independently as well as in a team.
Skills
Introduction to Bacterial Genetics and its A. 1 & B. General Introduction to C. 1
importance in the Biotechnology field 1 microbial Genetics and
revision of different
Microbiological Technique.
Exchange of Genetic Information in Bacteria A. 1, 2& Revision of safety rules and C. 1, 2 &
B. 1 ,2 aseptic techniques D. 1,2
Mating types in Bacteria A. 1, 2 & Plasmid isolation C. 1, &
B. 1,2 D. 1
Plasmids A. 1, 2 & Evaluation of Quality of C. 1, &

B. 1, extracted Plasmids D. 1,2
Agrobacterium Tumifaciens Genetics A. 1, 2 & Bacterial Transformation C. 2 &
B. 1 D. 1,2
Viral Genetics part I A. 1, 2 & Lac Operon (blue/white) C2 &
B. 1, 2 screening D. 1,2
Viral Genetics part II A. 1, 2 & Distinguishing Prokaryotes C. 2 &
B. 1 from Eukaryotes D. 1,2
Yeast Genetics A. 1, 2 & Revision C. 1, 2 &
B. 1, 2 D. 1,2
Mutations A. 1 & Revision C. 1, 2 &

B. 1 .2 D. 1,2
Introduction to Bacterial Genetics Introduction to the laboratory work.

• Basic genetic features of bacteria • Coursework breakdown
1 • Replication in Bacteria • Course curriculum
• Significance in Biotechnology • How to write a lab report**
and Industry
Page 193 of 407

Bacterial Genetics II (1) Revision of microbiological techniques

• DNA supercoiling
• Replication in Bacteria • The streak and pour plate techniques
2 • Lac Operon • The aseptic techniques
• advantages of Bacteria as a • Counting bacteria and handling
genetic system bacterial growth phases.
* Assignment 1P
Exchange of Genetic Information in (2) Plasmid isolation
Bacteria
3 • Transformation. • Alkaline Lysis method
• Transduction. (silica membrane based technology)
Quiz 1T
* Assignment 1T
Exchange of Genetic Information in (3) Quality and Quantity of extracted Plasmids

Bacteria II
4
• Conjugation • Gel electrophoresis
• Mating types in Bacteria • Spectrophotometer
Plasmids I Revision
• Components of Plasmid
5 • Examples of Plasmid genes
(Ancillary Genes)
• Plasmid Copy Number
Plasmids II Revision
• Types of Plasmids
6 • Recombinant DNA techniques Quiz 1P
and use of plasmids of DNA and
White blue screening
7&8 MIDTERM EXAMS
• Agrobacterium Genetics • (4) Bacterial Transformation

• Ti plasmid components • Heat shock method
9 • Gall formation •
• Genetic engineering of plants • *Assignment 2
using Agrobacterium
Tumifaciens
Page 194 of 407

• Viral Genetics I (5) Lac Operon (blue/white) screening

• Definition, structure, origin
• Main morphological virus types • Testing successful cloning by
10 • Genetic materials of Viruses white/blue screening method
• Replication of Bacteriophages
• Quiz 2T
Viral Genetics II (6) Differentiation between prokaryotes and

• Types of Viruses according to Eukaryotes cells
their genetic materials
11 • Bacteriophage lambda, structure • PCR Using 16 S primers
and lytic and lysogenic growth
cycles
• Insertion of complementing
genes by temperate viruses
Yeast Genetics Revision
• Properties of yeast & S,
cerevisiae Mitotic Growth ) * Quiz 2P
12 • The S. cerevisiae genome
• Cloning into a Yeast Artificial
Chromosome (YAC)
• Applications of Yeast Studies in
Human Health
Mutations Revision
• Classification of mutations Portfolio submission
13 • Studying mutation in microbes Practical Exams
• Mutation and diseases
14 FINAL TERM EXAMS

*The subjects of the assignments and projects is defined by the instructor.
Page 195 of 407


Lecture rooms with data shows
Trained TAs and technicians to help students with physical challenges
Virtual labs
Well-equipped computer labs and trained technicians
A suitable table ot chair were prepared to accommodate any student with physical disability
the information clearly and deal with their discomfort .Active learning/ Moodle is of great help
for those students.
- Students with any physical challenges or transient cases which make their participation in

back
B. 1.2 Assignment 1T write on a Marks NA Summative Week 3 2%
D. 1, 2 selected topic with feed-
back
B. 1,2 Exam Questions, &8
MCQ,
Diagrams.
B. 1,2 MCQ and T&F with feed-
with back
justification.
A.1, 2, Assignment 2T Preparation of a Marks NA Summative Week 12 3%
B. 1,2 power point with feed-
Page 196 of 407
D. 1, 2 presentation on back
a selected topic.
C. 1, 2 Assignment 1P Write on a Marks NA Summative Week 5%
D. 1, 2 & 2P selected topic with feed- 2&9
related to back
experiments
C. 1, 2 Quiz 1P & 2P Essay questions, Marks NA Summative Week 6 5%
Short notes, with feed- &12
Explain back
C. 1, 2 Practical exam Short notes, Marks NA Summative Week 14 15%
Experimental with feed-
procedures back
Questions,
MCQ
Diagrams.
Total 100%

1. Notes Hand out of GEN202b
2. Course Textbook Harvey, R A., Cornelissen , C. N.&, Fisher, B. D. (2013) .Lippincott’s
Illustrated Reviews: Microbiology. (3rd ed.). Lippincott Williams & Wilkins,
a Wolters Kluwer business, Philadelphia, PA.
3. Suggested Chaughari, K. (2012). Text book of Microbial Genetics. (1st ed.). The
Reference Books energy and Resources Institute (Teri Press), New Delhi.
4. Suggested -Journal of Applied Microbiology
Periodicals/
Journals
5. Useful Websites • https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/biology/7-13-experimental-
microbial-genetics-fall-2008/syllabus/
• https://www.nature.com/subjects/microbial-genetics
11. Banner Data

Page 197 of 407


Linked Course N/A
12. KIS Data

Tutorials 0 0%
Total 4 100%
Page 198 of 407

1. Course Data
Programme
Code(s)
Course Code: SEM301
Course Title Literature Survey
Course Level: 2 4 √ 5 6 7 Year2/Sem2
Credit 1
Units/Hours:
study:
2. Aims/Objectives:
This course aims to give the students the ability to demonstrate in depth knowledge of a topic
of interest related to education with guidance from an academic supervisor & the course
develop the students understanding of the critical role of the literature review within the
research process moreover the course provides the basic scientific writing skills will be gained
from the course to prepare other professional materials for presentation or publication.

Understanding:
comprehension of:
1. A topic of interest related to education
Page 199 of 407

SEM301, LITERATURE SURVEY, 2017 FACULTY OF BIOTECHNOLOGY
2. The full range of references appropriate to their topic of interest

related to education and the quality of these references.
3. The structure, organization and writing style of a literature
review.
H. Cognitive Skills 1. Point out relevant up-to-date, scientific information from
different sources.
2. Demonstrate the ability to extract appropriate information from
selected journal articles etc.
3. Modify the students’ skills in the presentation, interpretation and
evaluation of published scientific research
I. Professional 1. Develop experience of writing scientific methodologies appropriate
Skills to scientific researches
2. Write a comprehensive review on a given subject.
J. General and 1. Demonstrate their skills on the E – Learning and getting
Communication familiar to use it.
Skills 2. Modify their abilities in thinking of any scientific idea.
1. The purpose of a literature review. A1 , A2 & A3
2. How to construct a literature review A2, A3 & B1
3. Analysis of the literature review through worked A1 A,2 & B2
examples
4. Criteria for good literature reviews A1,A,2,A3,B1& C1
5. The link between the literature review and research A 2 , A3, B2& B3
question
6. Design a literature review for a given topic A1 ,A2, B2
7. Presentation skills awareness A2, A 3 &, C2 D1 & D2
Page 200 of 407

Week Lecture
1 Topic Selection & Introduction about collecting ,searching & Reading

scientific articles.
2 The purpose of a literature review
3&4 How to construct a literature review

❖ Assignment 1 (1st Draft) “Due date week 4”
5 Feedback & Discussion of the 1st Draft of the students writing
6 Analysis of the literature review through worked examples.
7 Criteria for good literature reviews

❖ Assignment 2 (2nd Draft) “Due date week 8”
8 The link between the literature review and research question

❖ Assignment 2 (2nd Draft) Submission.
9 Feedback & Discussion of the 2nd Draft of the students writing
10 Design a literature review for a given topic with different examples.
❖ Assignment 3 (Final Draft) “Due date week 11”
11 Presentation skills awareness

❖ Submission the assignment 3 on Turnitin
12 Oral Presentations & Discussion of the students' topics.
• There are no Midterm or Final Exams in this Course.

Page 201 of 407

discussions, Moodle (active links)
B (1,2,3) Power point Presentations & Extra readings
C(1,2) Turnitin Assignments, Hand out Training
D (1,2) Moodle, Active learning and discussion


Computer supplied with a Data show
Microphone
Internet services (wireless)

CILOs Assessme Assessmen Gradin Pass Assessme Timing Weigh
nt t g Mode Mar nt Type t
Method/s Tool k
A.1,2,C1 Moodle - NA Formative Week 2 / 0%
Assignme Turnitin Not with (Theoretical
nt 1 with graded Feedback )
(essay) feedback
A2,3,B1,B2, Assignme Moodle - Marks NA Summativ Week 5/ 30%
Page 202 of 407

C1 nt 2 Turnitin e with (Theoretical

(essay) with Feedback )
feedback
A.3,C1,C2,C Assignme Moodle - NA Summativ Week 6
3 nt 3 Turnitin Marks e with /(Theoretica
(essay) with Feedback l) 50%
feedback
B.1,C1,C2 Presentatio Oral Marks NA Summativ Week 8 20%
&D1,D2 n Discussion e (Practical)
(PowerPoin
t
presentatio
n)
Total 100%

2. Course Textbook On the- Moodle e-learning
3. Suggested
Diana Ridley, (2008): The literature review : a step-by-step guide for
Reference Books
students, London : SAGE.
4. Suggested
Marco Pautasso, (2013): Ten Simple Rules for Writing a Literature
Periodicals/
Review, PLoS Comput Biol, v.9(7)
Journals
5. Useful Websites http://www.scientificstyleandformat.org/Tools/SSF-Citation-Quick-
Guide.html
http://tim.thorpeallen.net/Courses/Reference/Citations.html
http://www.citationmachine.net/scientific-reports
Page 203 of 407

11. Banner Data


Linked Course N/A
12. KIS Data

Practical Work 0 0
Tutorials 0 0
Total 1 100%
Course Instructor: Dr. Osama Saad
Page 204 of 407

LEVEL THREE
Page 205 of 407

1. Course Data
Course Code: BCE_301
Course Title Instrumentation for Biotechnologists
Course Level: 3 4 5 √ 6 7 Year3/Sem1
study:
Pre-requisite/s Molecular Biology (BT201)
2. Aims/Objectives:
This course aims to give the students the ability to learn various analytical instruments used in
biological analysis. The course target is to provide the students with hands-on experience on
handling and use of Spectrophotometers, DNA sequencing, PCR and real time PCR machines,
micro array, Gas Chromatographs, HPLC, etc

Understanding:
comprehension of:
1. Classification of the theories underlying the functionality and

specificity of analytical instruments used in biological analysis.
2. The different methods of advanced biological analysis.
Page 206 of 407

BCE_301, INSTRUMENTATION TO BIOTECHNOLOGISTS 2017 FACULTY OF BIOTECHNOLOGY
B. Cognitive Skills 1. Analyze the purity of a natural product or synthetic compound.

2. Estimate the presence and amount of DNA and protein using various
protocols.
C. Professional 1. Assess some experiments used in different fields applications

Skills
D. General and 1. Demonstrate skills in using E – Learning.
Communication 2. Show research skills
Skills
• Theoretical Concepts of: A1 , A2,D1
a. Spectrophotometers.
b. Gas chromatographs (Gas/liquid) (GC).
c. High Pressure Liquid Chromatographs (HPLC).
d. Mass Spectrometers.
e. Electrophoresis (Vertical & Horizontal)
f. Amino acid analyzer
g. Automated DNA Sequencer
h. Real time PCR
i. PCR
j. Micro-array spotter and scanner
Determination of alcohols in beverages by Gas Chromatography. A2,B1,B2
Determination of Caffeine in beverages using HPLC B1,B2 &D1
How to separate mixtures of DNA and Proteins. B3,C1,C2

Gene expression analysis. A3,B3
Page 207 of 407

Week Lecture
1st week Introduction to instrumentation
2nd week The Theory and operation of Spectrophotometry.
3rd week The Theory and operation of PCR.
❖ Assignment 1 “Due date week 6”

❖ Quiz 1
4th week The Theory and operation of capillary electrophoresis and 2D gel electrophoresis.
5th week general applications about the previously introduced databases
❖ Quiz 2
6th week The Theory and operation of real time PCR.
• Submission of Assignment 1 on turnitin
7th & 8th weeks MIDTERM EXAMS
9thweek The Theory and operation of DNA sequencing machines
10th week The Theory and operation of microarray.
11th week The Theory and operation of Chromatography (HPLC)

● Quiz 3
Page 208 of 407

12th week The Theory and operation of protein analysis such as protein analyzer
• Assignment 2
13th week The Theory and operation of mass spectroscopy.
14th week Revision

quizzes
B (1,2,3) Power point Presentations , assimilation videos, self-assessments online
quizzes
C(1,2) Turnitin Assignments & Hand out training
D (1,2) Moodle and Turnitin Assignments, Active learning and/discussions with TAs

the information clearly and deal with their discomfort. Active learning/ Moodle could be of great
Page 209 of 407


Microphone

A.1,2 Quiz 1 Short Notes Marks NA Summative Week 3 5%
with
Feedback
A1,2,3 Quiz 2 Essay Marks NA Summative Week 5 5%
Questions with
Feedback
A.1,2,3 MCQs / Marks NA Summative Week
Quiz 3 Moodle with 11
5%
Feedback
B.1,C1,D1 Assignment Turnitin with Marks NA Summative Week 3 10%
1 feedback with
Feedback
C1,C2 Assignment Turnitin with Marks NA Summative Week
2 feeback with 12 15%
. Feedback
A,B Mid Term Essay Marks NA Summative Week 7
Exam Questions, With &8 20%
Diagrams. feedback
A,B,C Final Essay Marks 12/40 Summative Week 40%
Exam: Questions, 15
Diagrams.
Total 100%
Page 210 of 407


3. Suggested Dinesh Kumar Chatanta, Prahlad Singh Mehra, (2012): Instrumental

Methods of Analysis in Biotechnology Paperback , I K International
Reference Books Publishing House; First Edition edition
4. Suggested Nedbal L., Trtilek M., Cerveny J., Komarek O., and Pakrasi H.B. (2008) A
Periodicals/ Photobioreactor system for precision cultivation of photoautotrophic
Journals microorganisms and for high-content analysis of suspension dynamics.

Biotechnol. Bioengineering Vol. 100 (5), pp. 902-910.
Ferimazova N., Küpper H., Nedbal L. and Trtílek M. (2002) New insights
into photosynthetic oscillations revealed by two-dimensional microscopic
measurements of chlorophyll fluorescence kinetics in intact leaves and
isolated protoplasts. Photochem.Photobiol. 76, 5, pp. 501-508.
5. Useful Websites https://www.kaloramainformation.com/biotech-techniques-
instrumentation-c953/
http://www.biotech.cornell.edu/brc/genomics-
facility/services/instruments
11. Banner Data


Page 211 of 407


Linked Course N/A
12. KIS Data

Practical Work 0 0%
Tutorials 0 25%
Total 2 100%
Page 212 of 407

1. Course Data
Programme
Code(s)
Course Code: BT203
Course Title Industrial Microbiology & Fermentation
Course Level: 3 4 5 ✓6 7 Year3/Sem1
Credit 3
Units/Hours:
study:
Pre-requisite/s Microbiology (MB102)
2. Aims/Objectives:
This course aims to give the students the ability to understand the physiology, metabolism and
the growth of microorganisms that are important to various industries, figure out how to control
microbial growth in industrial production process and illustrate the role of microorganisms in
production of primary and secondary metabolites as desired products. The course gives
examples about different Industrial fermentation processes (Foods & Drugs), demonstrating the
whole steps that are taken in appraising the limitations & importance of these industries.

1. Knowledge & By the end of this course students should be able to show knowledge and
Understanding:
comprehension of:
Page 213 of 407

BT203, INDUSTRIAL MICROBIOLOGY & FERMENTATION, 2017 FACULTY OF BIOTECHNOLOGY
1. Structure and function of microbes and their relevance in production

of useful fermentation products.
2. Overproduction of metabolites by microorganisms for industrial
applications and differences between primary and secondary
metabolites.
3. Fermenters basic structure & their different kinds.
4. The importance of yeast in the fermentation process.
2. Cognitive Skills 1. Differentiate between the microorganisms through their
physiological & metabolic activities
2. Demonstrate different biochemical tests for different
microorganisms.
3. Analyze different enzymes & discover different antibiotics produced
by microorganisms.
3. Professional 1. Develop experience of current scientific methodologies appropriate
Skills to Microbial industrial applications.
4. General and 1. Demonstrate the ability to use E – Learning.
Skills
The Relation between A1 , A2 General Introduction about the A1,A2,A3,A4,B
Biotechnology and the labs & Lab Safety Rules 1,B2,B3
Microorganisms.
Taxonomic grouping of A1 , A2 Important terms of the course & B1, C1, D1
Microorganisms on behalf of memory refreshing about the
their industrial importance. microbiological techniques.
Outlining of the A1 A,2 Bacterial Amylase Production B2 & B3, C2,
overproduction of metabolites
Page 214 of 407

of Industrial Microorganisms
Feedback Regulation in the A1 A,2 Bacterial Catalase Production B2 , B3, C1

fermentation Process.
Critiquing the microbial A1 ,A 2 , Bacterial Casianse Production B2,B3,C1& C2
strains used in Biotechnology A3,
& Strain improvement for B1,B2
fermentation.
Deconstructing of Microbial A2 ,A3, Bacterial Urease Production B2,B3,C1& C2
Enzyme in Biotechnology. A4, B3
Fermenter Structure & Kinds A2, A 3 , Antibiotic production & C1,C2
Sensitivity by microorganisms.
of Fermenters A4
Fermentative Food: A2, A3 , Carbohydrate Fermentation by B2,B3,C1& C2

bacteria
Importance, Characters, A4
Privileges rather than others.
The Relation between Biotechnology Introduction to the laboratory work.

and the Microorganisms ● Coursework breakdown
1 ● Course curriculum
• Different Industrial applications ● How to write a lab report**
• Fermentation Processes
• Antibiotic Production
Taxonomic grouping of Important terms of the course & memory

Microorganisms on behalf of their refreshing about the microbiological
2 industrial importance techniques
• Bacteria : Characters &
Classification • Microbial culturing
● Fungi: Characters & • Aseptic techniques
Page 215 of 407

Classification
*Assignment 1 P
Outlining of the overproduction of Bacterial Amylase Production

metabolites of Industrial • Selective media preparation
Microorganisms • Culturing the targeted organism
3 • The concerns • Detection of the enzyme production
• How to avoid it
• How to control it Quiz 1P
Quiz 1T
Feedback Regulation in the Bacterial Catalase Production

fermentation Process.
4 • Feedback Inhibition & • Selective media preparation
Repression • Culturing the targeted organism
• Feedback inhibition patterns • Detection of the enzyme production
Critiquing the microbial strains used Bacterial Casianse Production

in Biotechnology & Strain • Selective media preparation
improvement for fermentation. • Culturing the targeted organism
• Microbial strain Characters for • Detection of the enzyme production
5 fermentation
• Isolation de novo of Organisms
Producing Metabolites of
Economic Importance
Quiz 2T
Deconstructing of Microbial Enzyme Bacterial Urease Production

in Biotechnology. • Selective media preparation
• Enzyme Literature • Culturing the targeted organism
6 • Enzyme Importance • Detection of the enzyme production
• Microbial Enzyme Application
Submission of Assignment 1T on Quiz 2P
turnitin
7&8 MIDTERM EXAMS
Page 216 of 407

Fermenter Structure & Kinds of Antibiotic production & Sensitivity by

Fermenters microorganisms
9 & • Basic structure of ideal • Testing some species sensitivity
fermenter against antibiotic disks
10 • Fermentation process • Screening for antibiotic produced
• Foaming products microorganism
• Types of Bioreactors &
Privileges *Assignment 2P
Fermentative Food: Importance, Carbohydrate Fermentation by bacteria

Characters, Privileges rather than • Selective media preparation
others • Culturing the targeted organism
• Yeast Fermentation • Detection of the fermentative
11 • Food Yeast manufacture products
• Advantages of fermentative
food.

Quiz 3T
Revision • Discussion all pervious

12 Submission of Assignment 2T on assignments & Model answers of
turnitin the Quizzes
Discussion all pervious assignments & • Portfolio Submission

13
Model answers of the Quizzes
• Final Practical Exam
14 FINAL TERM EXAMS
A (1,2,3,4) Flipped class room, Power point Presentations, Assignments, Open
quizzes
B (1,2,3) Power Point Presentations , Practical experiments , assimilation videos, self
Page 217 of 407


C(1,2) Turnitin Assignments , Practical (Lab) Working & Hand out training
D (1,2) Moodle and Turnitin Assignments, Active learning and/discussions with TAs

practical activities difficult are helped by a TA or a technician.

Autoclave
Culturing hood
Glass slides, bacterial loops, glass wares, different kind of sugar, different kinds of microbial
cultural media
Different kinds of Antibiotic disks
Microphone

k
A.1,2 Quiz 1 T Short Notes Marks NA Summative Week 3 5%
Page 218 of 407

with
Feedback
A1,2,3 Quiz 2 T Essay Marks NA Summative Week 5 2.5%
Questions with
Feedback
A.1,2,3,4&D Quiz 3 T MCQs / Marks NA Summative Week
2 Moodle with 11
2.5%
Feedback
B.1,C1,D1 Assignment Turnitin Marks NA Summative Week 6 2.5%
1T (Essay) with with
feedback Feedback
C1,C2 Assignment Turnitin Marks NA Summative Week
2T (Essay) with with 11
feedback Feedback 2.5%
Assignment Turnitin Marks NA Summative Week 2 2.5%

1P with With
feedback feedback
B2,B3 Quiz 1P Essay Marks NA Summative Week 6

questions with 2.5%
Feedback
A1,A2,B1 Midterm Essay Marks NA Summative Week
Exam Questions with 7/8 20%
Feedback
A1,B1,B2, Quiz 2P T/F Marks NA Summative Week 2.5%
C1,C2 Questions with 16
with Feedback
justification
A3,C1 Assignment Turnitin Marks NA Summative Week 9 2.5%
2P (essay) with with
feedback Feedback
B1,B2,B3 Practical Essay Marks NA Summative Week 15%

Exam Questions with 13
& Practical Feedback
Experiment
Page 219 of 407

s
Total 100%

2. Course Textbook 1. Casida L.E. (1968). Industrial microbiology (Wiley, New York
; London).
2. Doyle MP, Beuchat LR, & Montville TJ (2001) Food
microbiology : fundamentals and frontiers (ASM Press,
Washington, D.C.) 2nd ed.
2. Progress in Industrial Microbiology, vol 31, Elsevier (ISBN
Reference Books
0444-98666-9)
3. DEMAIN, A.L. and DAVIES, J.E., (1999). Manual of
Industrial Microbiology and Biotechnology ASM-Press, USA
(ISBN -1-55581-128-OC)
0521-77917-0)
4. Suggested
Periodicals/ WILEY-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA, Weinheim, (2016).
Journal of Basic Microbiology , Volume 56, Issue 4, Pages 329–
Journals 438
5. Useful Websites http://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1016/0307-4412(90)90229-
H/pdf
Page 220 of 407

11. Banner Data


Linked Course N/A
12. KIS Data

Tutorials 1 25%
Total 4 100%
Page 221 of 407

1. Course data:
Course code BT_301
Course title Introduction to Biotechnology
Leader Dr. Osama Saad
Course level 3 4 5 ✓ 6 7 Year 3/Sem 1
Credit hours 3
study:
Pre-requisites BIO201
2. Aims/Objectives:
The aim of this course is to provide the students with different branches of biotechnology. The
course introduces different applications of biotechnology and discusses various ideas in
reference to dissimilar point of views. The course enables the students to learn the usage of
biotechnological tools in scientific proposals or projects.
Upon completion of the course the student will be able to:
A. Knowledge & By the end of this course students should be able to show
Understanding: knowledge and comprehension of:
1. Recognize several branches of Biotechnology

2. Identify applications of biotechnological tools.
B. Cognitive skills: 1. Construct deeper understanding of genetic
engineering in different industries of biotechnology
2. Determine biological hazards accompanying the
spread of transgenic organisms into the
environment.
Page 222 of 407
BT_301, INTRODUCTION TO BIOTECHNOLOGY, 2017 FACULTY OF BIOTECHNOLOGY
C. Professional skills 1. Designing scientific proposals for certain projects

ideas.
2. Criticize different ideas in biotechnological
applications
D. General and 1. Demonstrate the ability to work in a team via group
communication skills projects, scientific poster, presentations and student
exhibition(s).
4.Indicative Content:
1. Introduction to
origins of A1, A2
1. Experimental design C2, C1 & D1.
Biotechnology & C1
2. Pharmaceutical A1, A2
Biotechnology 2. SWOT analysis C2, C1 & D1.
& B1
3. Medical A1, A2
Biotechnology 3. Proposal format C2, C1 & D1.
& B1
4. Agricultural A1, A2 4. References and in-text
Biotechnology C2, C1 & D1.
& B1 citation
A1, A2 5. Guidelines for poster
5. Biomaterials C2, C1 & D1.
& B2 design
6. Biocomputing and
Military A1, A2 6. Guidelines for oral
C2, C1 & D1.
applications of & B2 presentation
Biotechnology
7. Environmental A1, A2
Biotechnology & B1
1st week Introduction to the course and its Introduce to the students the scientific
requirements method and experimental design
2nd week Pharmaceutical Biotechnology Presentation on SWOT analysis for the

Instructor’s Presentation groups, Announcement of the
Page 223 of 407
Exhibition, distribution of the Topics.
3rd week Pharmaceutical Biotechnology Reviewing the Proposal Format,

Students’ Presentations Requesting Outlines.
Introduction to the Proposal
Requirements
4th week Medical Biotechnology Exhibition for the Student Projects

Instructor’s Presentation
Group Allocations
5th week Medical Biotechnology Each team makes a presentation about

Students’ Presentations their projects in terms of introduction
Topic Selection and Distribution and experimental design.
6th week Biocomputing and Military Tutorial about references and in-text
applications of Biotechnology citation.
Instructor’s Presentation

weeks
9th week Preparations for Advertising Posters

Agricultural Biotechnology
and Group Allocations for The
Instructor’s Presentations
Biotechnology Exhibition.
1st Draft Submission for Proposal
1st Draft Feedback
10th week Students submit their first draft and

Agricultural Biotechnology the rest of the tutorial the teaching
assistants devote the tutorial time to
Students’ Presentations
discuss the common mistakes in the
1st Draft Feedback first draft and give the students the
time to revise each other’s projects.
11th week Environmental Biotechnology Guidelines for Poster design and oral
Students’ Presentations presentation.
Poster & Presentation Session

rehearsal
12th week Environmental Biotechnology

Instructor’s Presentations 2nd Draft Submission
2nd Draft Submission
Page 224 of 407

13th week Biomaterials
Instructor’s and Students’ Rehearsal for the Exhibition and

Presentations Evaluation
14th week Evaluation of the Students’ Presentation and Posters’ Exhibition
Final Draft Submission
15th week FINAL EXAMS
A.2 Active learning, integrating technology, handouts and discussion method
B.1 Active learning, integrating technology, case studies, and discussion method
B.2 Active learning, integrating technology, case method, student projects and
discussion method
C.1 Active learning, integrating technology, student projects, public reviews and
online journals.
C.2 Active learning, integrating technology, public reviews and discussion
method
D.1 Active learning, integrating technology, case method, student projects, public
reviews, handouts, group projects, students exhibition and discussion method
7.Strategy/ies for Teaching Students with Special Needs

with respect to examinations, attendance, marking, and texting proximity provided that
support handbook.
Regarding the Introduction to Biotechnology course, there is no practical part that is
incorporated. Faculty staff is trained well in order to help students with special challenges.
8.Required Resources/ Facilities
Page 225 of 407

Computers and projectors.

University libraries
University printing labs
Handouts
Case studies examples
E- learning
9.Assessment Methods and Tools:

CILOs Timing Weight
Weeks
A1, Presentations Summative
Students 3, 5,
A2, B1 of different Marks NA with 15%
presentations 10, 11
& C1 fields feedback
& 13
A1,
A2,
Proposal, Summative
B1, Students Week
presentation Marks NA with 25%
B2, project 14
& poster feedback
C1, C2
& D1.
Essay
A1 & Midterm Week
questions, Marks NA Summative 20%
A2 exam 7,8
and MCQs
Essay
A1, A2 Letter Week
& B1 grading 15
MCQ, cases.
Total 100%
10.Indicative Course Materials and Reading Texts:

2. Course Textbook Ratledge, C. (2006). Basic Biotechnology. 3rd edition. United
Page 226 of 407

Kingdom. Cambridge University Press.

3. Suggested Reference Borem, A., Santos, F. and Bowen, D. (2003). Understanding
Books Biotechnology. 1st edition. United States. Prentice Hall.
4. Suggested Periodicals/ Journal of Petroleum and Environmental Biotechnology
Journals Avicenna Journal of Medical Biotechnology
Journal of Biotechnology & Biomaterials - OMICS International
Journal of Agriculture Biotechnology
5. Useful Websites Non
11.Banner Data

Linked Course N/A
12.KIS Data
Activity Contact Overall percentage of total
Hours
Page 227 of 407


Practical Work 0 0%
Tutorials 2 50%
Total 4 100%
Course Instructor: Dr. Osama S. Saad
Page 228 of 407

1. Course Data
Code(s)

Course Code: BT_313
Course Title Molecular Biology of Cancer
Course Leader Dr Ashraf Bakkar
Course Level: 3 4 5 √ 6 7 Year 3/Sem 1
Credit 3
Units/Hours:
study:
Pre-requisite/s Cell Biology and physiology (BIO201b)
2. Aims/Objectives:
This course aims at introducing the students to detailed description of the molecular basis of cancer and
the mechanisms which lead to the initiation and progression of cancer as a serious disease. To this end,
hall marks of cancer and the underlying mechanisms are covered in this course. Additionally, the course
aims to link this information to how specific cancer drugs are designed based on the important and key
alterations studied throughout the course.
1. the nature of Cancer, hall marks of cancer, oncogenes, tumor
suppressor genes, cell immortalization and cancer, angiogenesis,
invasion & metastasis and a tumor Immunology.
2. The deregulation of protoncogenes, tumor suppressor genes and their
participation in the multistep process of cancer formation.
B. Cognitive Skills 1. Associate the various molecular alterations detected in different genes to the
deregulation of the key biological processes or body defense which control cell
proliferation and survival and tissue homeostasis.
2. Outline the key molecular alterations which may allow the design of
future therapeutic targets.
C. Professional 1. Apply the acquired knowledge in culturing and sub-culturing cancer
Skills cell lines
2. Use the results of different assays to determine the proliferation and
Page 229 of 407
BT_313, MOLCULAR BIOLOGY OF CANCER, 2017 FACULTY OF BIOTECHNOLOGY
migration of cancer cells.

Communication 2. Show time management skills by working to deadlines and ability to
Skills work in a team.
1. Introduction and nature of Cancer A. 1, 2 1. General Introduction C. 1
& B. 1,2 about Cancer labs & Lab
Safety Rules.
2. Hall marks of Cancer A. 1, 2. General Introduction on C. 1,&
2& the nature of cancer and D. 1
B. 1,2 Aseptic techniques in cell
culture
3. Proto-oncogenes and oncogenes A. 1, 2 3. Mammalian Cell C. 1,2 & D. 1
& B. 1,2 Culture Basics
4. Growth Factors, Receptors, and A. 1, 2 4. Cell Culture Media C. 1, 2 & D. 1

Cancer. & B. 1, types and materials for
2 passaging cell lines
5. Tumor Suppressor Genes A. 1, 2 5. Cell culture passaging C. 1, 2 & D. 1
& B. 1, and use of trypsin
2
6. pRb and Control of the Cell Cycle A. 1, 2 6. 3 D cell Culture ( dry C. 1&
Clock & B. 1, lab) D. 1
2
7. p53 and apoptosis A. 1, 2 7. RNA extraction and C. 1, 2 & D. 1
& B. 1, cDNA synthesis from
2 mammalian cell lines
8. Cell immortalization and Cancer A. 1, 2 8. Cryopreservation and C. 1&
& B. 1, cell lines storage (dry D. 1
2 lab).
9. Angiogenesis A. 1 & 9. Cytotoxicity Assay C. 1, 2 &
B.1,2 D. 1
10. Invasion and Metastasis and short A. 1 & 10- Migration assay. C. 1, 2 &
introduction to tumor Immunology B. 1,2 D. 1
1 Introduction and nature of Cancer Introduction to the laboratory work.

• Different Aspects of the ● Coursework breakdown
Page 230 of 407

nature of Cancer cells ● Course curriculum

Hall marks of Cancer General Introduction on the nature of cancer

• Introduction on Six hall a general technical tips on cell culture
marks of Cancer and
emerging hall marks and • Aseptic techniques in cell culture
enabling Characteristics. • Contamination and Biosafety
2 • How Cancer cells can
* Assignment 1P
acquire the capability to
sustain proliferative
signaling
• Proto-oncogens and
oncogenes
Growth Factors, Receptors, and Mammalian Cell Culture Basics
Cancer
• The EGF receptor ▪ Cell Culture room equipment’s
functions as a tyrosine ▪ Cell culture hood and to use it to
kinase culture Cell lines
• Structure of Tyrosine ▪ Using sterile pipets
3
Kinase receptors
• How An altered growth
factor receptor can function
as an oncoprotein
Quiz 1T
* Assignment 1T
Tumor Suppressor Genes Cell Culture Media types and materials for
passaging cell lines
• Knudson two hit
Hypothesis ▪ Finding the appropriate media
• Familial and Sporadic for each cell line
4 Retinoblastoma ▪ Preparation of a complete media
• Mechanisms through which ▪ Adding Serum and Antibiotics
cancer cells eliminate wild- ▪ Storage of Cell Culture media
type copies of tumor
suppressor genes
pRb and Control of the Cell Cycle Cell culture passaging and use of trypsin
Clock • Removal of old media
5 • pRb control of the cell cycle • use of trypsin to remove cells
• Cyclins- Cyclin dependent • cells’ Counting and Subculturing
Kinases
Page 231 of 407

• The state of
phosphorylation of pRb
and control of the cell cycle
P53 as a tumor suppressor Gene (1) Revision on how to subculture cell lines
• How Mutant versions of p53
interfere with normal p53 Quiz 1P
function.
6 • How the cell control the level
of p53
• p53-activating signals and
p53’s downstream effects
7&8 MIDTERM EXAMS
P53 and Apoptosis (2) •

• How p53 Ushers Apoptosis •
• p53 is only one of many RNA extraction and cDNA synthesis from
players in the apoptotic mammalian cell line
9 • RNA extraction from a cancer cell
program
line
• Cytochrome C and
• Measuring quantity of RNA extracted
Apoptosis
• RT PCR for cDNA synthesis
• *Assignment 2P
• Cell immortalization and Cancer • (8)

• Telomeres and crisis Cryopreservation and cell lines storage (dry
• Mechanisms of breakage– lab).
fusion–bridge cycles • How to use DMSO to preserve the
10 • Structure of the tolemerase cells upon storage
enzyme • Keeping cells in liquid nitrogen
• Quiz 2T
* Assignment 2T “Due date week
12”
Angiogenesis (9) Cytotoxicity Assay

• Parallels between wound Scratch wound Assay (dry lab)
11 healing and tumorigenesis Quiz 2P
• Macrophages and myeloid
cells roles in activating the
tumor-associated stroma
12 Invasion and metastasis (10)
Page 232 of 407

• Invasion metastasis Revision

cascade
• EMT and Loss of E
Cadherin
Introduction on tumor Immunology Portfolio submission
• The immune system Practical Exams
13 functions to destroy
abnormal cells in the
body’s tissues
14 FINAL TERM EXAMS
the information clearly and deal with their discomfort Active learning/ Moodle is of great help
for those students.
- Students with any physical challenges -or transient cases- which make their participation in

- Virtual labs
- Well equipped computer labs and trained technicians.
- A special table and suitable chair are prepared to accommodate student (s) with a physical
disability.
Page 233 of 407


back
A.1,2& Assignment write on a Marks NA Summative Week 3 2%
B1& 1T selected topic with feed-
D. 1 back
A. 1, 2 Mid Term Essay Marks NA Summative Week 7 & 8 20%

B. 1,2 Exam Questions,
B. 1,2 MCQ and with feed-
T&F with back
justification.
A. 2, Assignment Preparation Marks NA Summative Week 12
B. 1 2T of a power with feed-
3%
D. 1, 2 point back
presentation
on a selected
topic.
C. 1, 2 Assignment Write on a Marks NA Summative Week 2&9 5%
D. 1, 2 1P & 2P selected topic with feed-
related to back
experiments
C. 1, 2 Quiz 1P & Essay Marks NA Summative Week 6 &12 5%
2P questions, with feed-
Short notes, back
Explain
C. 1, 2 Practical Short notes, Marks NA Summative Week 14 15%
exam Experimental with feed-
procedures back
Questions,
Diagrams.
Total 100%

1. Notes Hand out of BT_313
2. Course Textbook Weinberg R.A. (2014). The Biology of Cancer. (2nd ed.). Garland Science,
Taylor & Francis Group, LLC
3. Suggested Reference Pecorino, L. (2008). Molecular Biology of Cancer. Mechanisms, Targets and
Books therapeutics. (2nd ed.). Oxford University Press Inc., New York
Page 234 of 407

4. Suggested Naturel Review of Cancer

Periodicals/ Cancer cell
Journals Cancer research
5. Useful Websites • https://canceraustralia.gov.au
• https://www.cancerinstitute.org.au/
11. Banner Data


Linked Course N/A
12. KIS Data

Tutorials 0 0%
Total 4 100%
Page 235 of 407

1. Course data:
Course code GEN301
Course title Molecular Genetics and Genetic Engineering
Leader Dr. Gehan Safwat
Level 3 4 5 ✓ 6 7 Year 3/Sem 1
Credit hours 4

study:
Pre-requisites GEN201b – BT203b
2. Aims/Objectives:
The aim of this course is to provide students with a good basic foundation in the molecular
structure, organization, and function of the genetic material in different organisms, the ability to
distinguish between different types of molecular markers, and to critically appraise the different
methods used in molecular mapping.

Upon completion of the course, the students will show knowledge and understanding of:
1. The different methods used in genetic engineering, gene
isolation and synthesis, and genomic expression libraries.
B. Cognitive Skills 1. Apply different methods of DNA recombination
technologies, and genetic mapping in locating genes.
2. Determine the different applications and uses of
restriction endonucleases in cloning.
Page 236 of 407

GEN301, MOLECULAR GENETICS AND GENETIC
ENGINEERING, 2017
C. Professional Skills 1. Compare between different types of cloning vectors.

2. Design gene isolation experiment from different
organisms for DNA cloning with plasmid vectors.
D. General and E. Demonstrate the ability to work in a team.
1. Restriction enzymes and recombinant A.1,

1. Recombinant DNA B.1, B.2
DNA cloning. B.2 technology
2. Methods for gene isolation C.2 C.2
2. Plasmid isolation
3. Gene synthesis A.1 3. Cloning techniques and in C.1
silico cloning
A.1,
4. Libraries for Biotechnologist 4. Restriction digestion of B.1, B.2
B.1 GFP-P53 to isolate GFP
A.1,
5. Transgenic animals 5. Ligation of GFP gene in B.1
B.1 PTZ57R vector
6. Visualization of GFP-
6. Northern blotting A.1 fluorescence in B.1, D.1
Arabidopsis thaliana stem
and root
7. Southern blotting A.1 7. RNA extraction from mice C.2
and RNA quantification
A.1,
8. Gene synthesis B.1, A.1, D.1
8. cDNA synthesis
C.2
A.1,
9. Genomic libraries A.1, C.2
C.2 9. DNA sequencing
1st week Restriction enzymes and Recombinant DNA technology
Page 237 of 407

ENGINEERING, 2017
recombinant DNA cloning
2nd week Methods for gene isolation Plasmid isolation
3rd week Gene synthesis Cloning techniques and in silico cloning
* Assignment.T1
4th week Restriction digestion of GFP-P53 to isolate

Libraries for Biotechnologist
GFP
* Quiz.T1
* Assignment.P1
5th week Ligation of GFP gene in PTZ57R vector

Transgenic animals
* Quiz.P1
6th week Visualization of GFP-fluorescence in

Revision
Arabidopsis thaliana stem and root
7th & 8TH MID-TERM EXAMS

week
9th week RNA extraction from mice and RNA

Northern blotting
quantification
* Assignment.T2
* Assignment.P2
10th week Southern blotting cDNA synthesis
* Quiz.T2 * Quiz.P2
11th week Gene synthesis DNA sequencing
12th week Genomic libraries Revision
13th week Revision
Page 238 of 407

ENGINEERING, 2017
14th week FINAL EXAM
B.1 Active learning, integrating technology, and discussion method
B.2 Active learning, integrating technology, case method, and discussion

method
C.1 Active learning, integrating technology, case method, and discussion

method

method
D.1 Providing the opportunity for students to work in groups during the
practical work.

• Students with physical challenges are provided with special tables to facilitate their
laboratory work.

• Virtual labs.
Page 239 of 407

ENGINEERING, 2017

CILOs Timing Weight
Short
Summative
B.1 Assignment.T1 descriptive Marks Week 3 2.5%
with feedback
note
A.1,
B.1, Summative
Quiz.T1 Short notes Marks Week 4 5%
B.2, with feedback
C.2
Short
Summative
C.2 Assignment.P1 descriptive Marks Week 4 2.5%
with feedback
note
Summative
B.1 Quiz.P1 Short notes Marks Week 5 2.5%
with feedback
A.1,
B.1, Essay
Week
B.2, Midterm exam questions, Marks Summative 20%
7,8
C.1, and MCQs
C.2
B.1,
Solve a Summative
B.2, Assignment.T2 Marks Week 9 2.5%
problem with feedback
D.1
Short
Summative
C.2 Assignment.P2 descriptive Marks Week 9 2.5%
with feedback
note
Summative Week
B.2 Quiz.P2 Short notes Marks 2.5%
with feedback 10
B.1, Summative Week

Quiz.T2 Short notes Marks 5%
B.2 with feedback 10
A.1, Final Practical Essay Week

B.1, questions, Marks Summative 15%
Exam 13
B.2, cases,
Page 240 of 407
ENGINEERING, 2017
C.1, practical
C.2
A.1,
Essay
B.1,
questions, Letter Week
B.2, Final Exam 12 Summative 40%
MCQ, grading 15
C.1,
cases.
C.2
Total 100%

2. Course Textbook Rieger, R., Michaelis, A., & Green, M. M. (2012). Glossary of
genetics and cytogenetics: classical and molecular. Springer Science
& Business Media.
3. Suggested Reference Downey, K., Voellmy, R. W., & Ahmad, F. (Eds.). (2013). Advances
Books in gene technology: molecular genetics of plants and animals (Vol.
20). Elsevier.
4. Suggested Periodicals/ Journal of Molecular Biomarkers & Diagnosis

Journals
Journal of Breeding and Genetics
5. Useful Websites Library of Congress, (2015, September 6). Restrictions on

Genetically Modified Organisms. Retrieved from
https://www.loc.gov/law/help/restrictions-on-gmos/usa.php
11. Banner Data

Page 241 of 407

ENGINEERING, 2017
Linked Course N/A
12. KIS Data

Hours
Practical Work 4 66.666%
Tutorials 0 0%
Total 6 100%
Page 242 of 407

ENGINEERING, 2017
1. Course data:
Program Title Biotechnology
Course code BT308
Course title Advanced Genetic Engineering and Gene Transfer
Leader Dr. Gehan Safwat
Level 3 4 5 ✓ 6 7 Year 3/Sem 2
Credit hours 4
study:
Pre-requisites BT202b – BT301b
2. Aims/Objectives:
The aim of this course is to give students a deeper insight on the concepts, methods, and applications of
gene transfer. Also, the students will be able to isolate genes, analyze or alter them and return them to a
suitable host. Moreover, the students will have deep knowledge about the differences of genetic
engineering in prokaryotes versus higher organisms such as plant and human. Students will also get to
know the different techniques of genetic manipulations that can be applied to produce recombinant
proteins; it will develop what the students have previously learnt and link it practically with different
applications and uses of genetic engineering.

1. The fundamental principles of handling and manipulating DNA and

RNA in bacteria versus complex organisms such as human.
2. The experimental design and analysis performed with human genetic
engineering.
B. Cognitive Skills 1. Distinguish between different methods of gene transfer.
2. Apply different techniques used for isolating genes.
C. Professional Skills 1. Design cloning vectors with the gene of interest.
2. Assess the isolated genes to be genetically engineered for
transformation.
Page 243 of 407
BT308, ADVANCED GENETIC ENGINEERING: GENE
TRANSFER, 2017
Communication Skills 2. Write an appropriate and professional lab report with deep
interpretations
1. Introduction to the field of
1. Transgenic plants A.1, B.1 A.1
genetic engineering
B.2,
A.2, B.1, 2. RNA extraction using Trizol from
2. Transgenics D.1&
C.1, C.2 leukemia and normal blood cells D.2
B.2,
3. Engineering plants for insect A.1, B.1,
3. cDNA synthesis D.1&
resistance B.2
D.2
B.2,
4. Engineering plants for virus A.1, B.1, 4. Real time PCR using p53 and B- D.1,
resistance B.2 actin primers D.1 &
D.2
B.2,
C.2,
5. Modern techniques in transgenics A.2 & B.1 5. Real time PCR data analysis
D.1 &
D.2
B.2,
6. Methods of creation of transgenic B.1, C.1, C.2,
6. Microarray and data analysis
animals C.2 D.1 &
D.2
A.1,
B.1, C.1, B.2,
7. Transgenic chickens
C.2
7. DNA extraction from bacteria D.1 &
D.2
B.1,
B.1, C.1, C.1,
8. Transgenic mice
C.2
8. Transformation into DH5a cells D.1 &
D.2
B.1,
A.2, B.1,
C.2,
9. Human gene transfer B.2, C.1, 9. Colony PCR D.1 &
C.2
D.2
1 Transgenic plants Introduction to the field of genetic engineering
2 RNA extraction using Trizol from leukemia and

Transgenics
normal blood cells
Page 244 of 407

TRANSFER, 2017
3 Engineering plants for insect resistance cDNA synthesis

* Assignment 1 (T)
4 Engineering plants for virus resistance Real time PCR using p53 and B-actin primers
Quiz 1 (T) * Assignment 1 (P)
5 Real time PCR data analysis

Modern techniques in transgenics
Quiz 1 (P)
6 Methods of creation of transgenic animals Microarray and data analysis
7& 8 MID-TERM EXAMS
9 Transgenic chickens DNA extraction from bacteria

* Assignment 2 (T) * Assignment 2 (P)
10 Transgenic mice Transformation into DH5a cells

Quiz 2 (T)
11 Human gene transfer Colony PCR

Quiz 2 (P)
12 Human gene transfer (cont.) Revision
13 Revision Final Exam
14 FINAL TERM EXAMS
*The subject of the assignments and projects are defined by the instructor.
A.1 Active learning, integrating technology, case method, and discussion method
D.1 Giving the opportunity for students to work in groups during the practical work and field
trips
D.2 Practical experiments, discussions and active learning
Page 245 of 407

TRANSFER, 2017
Computers
Projectors
Bacterial cultures
Animal Cell Cultures
University library

As part of the MSA standard policies, any student with a physical, mental or emotional challenge receives
assistance during provisioned special sessions within the context of the personal tutoring system.
In a more generic form, any challenges or difficulties are given special consideration with respect to
examinations, attendance, marking and texting proximity provided in response to prior appropriate
notification. Moreover, as there is a practical part incorporated in this course, special tables were designed for
those who have physical challenges with sufficient spaces within the lab to ensure their comfort.

Assessment Assessment Grading Pass Assessment Weigh
CILOs Timing
Method/s Tool Mode Mark Type t
A.1, Assignment 1 Short Summative with
Grade N/A Week 3 2.5%
B.1, B.2 (T) descriptive note feedback
A.1, Summative with
Quiz 1 (T) Short notes Grade N/A Week 4 5%
B.1, B.2 feedback
Assignment 1 Short Summative with
B.2 Grade N/A Week 4 2.5%
(P) descriptive note feedback
Summative with
A.1, B.2 Quiz 1 (P) Short notes Grade N/A Week 5 2.5%
feedback
A.1, Midterm Week
Essay questions Grade 10 Summative 20%
B.1, B.2 exam 7,8
B.1, Assignment 2 Short Summative with
Grade N/A Week 9 2.5%
C.1, C.2 (T) descriptive note feedback
Assignment 2 Short Summative with
A.1, B.2 Grade N/A Week 9 2.5%
(P) descriptive note feedback
Summative with Week
B.1, C.2 Quiz 2 (P) Short notes Grade N/A 2.5%
feedback 11
B.1, Quiz 2 (T) Short notes Grade N/A Summative with Week 5%
Page 246 of 407
TRANSFER, 2017
B.2, feedback 10
C.1, C.2
A.1,
Final
B.1, Essay questions, Week
Practical Grade N/A Summative 15%
B.2, cases, practical 13
Exam
C.1, C.2
A.1,
B.1, Essay questions, Letter Week
Final Exam 12 Summative 40%
B.2, cases. grading 14
C.1, C.2
Total 100%

2. Course Textbook Nicholl, D. S. (2008). An introduction to genetic engineering. Cambridge
University Press.
3. Suggested Reference National Research Council. (1984). Genetic engineering of plants:
Books agricultural research opportunities and policy concerns. National
Academies Press.
4. Suggested Periodicals/ Journal of Genetic Engineering and Biotechnology
Journals
5. Useful Websites University of Nebraska, (2005). What is genetic engineering and how does
it work?. Retrieved from http://agbiosafety.unl.edu/basic_genetics.shtml
11. Banner Data

Page 247 of 407

TRANSFER, 2017

Linked Course N/A
12. KIS Data

Tutorials 0 0%
Total 6 100%
Page 248 of 407

TRANSFER, 2017
1. Course Data
Programme Code(s) Bsc. Hons. Biotechnology (P11493)
Course Code GEN302
Course Title Complex Genome Analysis
Course Level 3 4 5 √ 6 7 Year 3/Sem 2
study:
Pre-requisite/s BT204b, BT202b
2. Aims/Objectives:
The aim of the Complex Genome Analysis Course is to develop students’ understanding about
genomes and the field of genomics. This course familiarizes students with the importance of
genome analysis and enables them to compare the target organism with its corresponding model
ones. The course also provides knowledge about inheritance and expression of chimeric genes in
organisms. Moreover, it introduces the human genome project and its benefits in the upcoming
era.
1. Genomic analysis and its sequencing methods and their benefits.

2. Comparative genomics and its benefits on health, industry, and
nutrition
B. Cognitive Skills 1. Relate different methods to test for known mutations and scan for
unknown mutations.
2. Use concepts of reverse genetics, co-inheritance studies and linkage
analysis for phylogenetic trees’ construction.
C. Professional 1. Design a complete and appropriate complex genome study.
Skills 2. Differentiate between physical and genomic mapping.
D. General and 1. Demonstrate the ability to work in groups
Communication 2. Write an appropriate and professional lab report with deep
Skills interpretations.
Page 249 of 407

GEN302, COMPLEX GENOME ANALYSIS, 2017 FACULTY OF BIOTECHNOLOGY
1. Structural genomics A.1, Conserved primer sequence A.1, A.2,
B.1 & design B.1 & C.1
B.2 Gene family analysis of stress genes
2. Functional genomics A.1, Biotic and Abiotic stress in plants B.1, D.1
B.1 & & D.2
B.2
3. Organelle genomes A.1 & RNA isolation B.1 &
B.1 B.2,
4. Genome Evolution B.2, Polymerase Chain Reaction A.1, B.1,
C.1 & (PCR) B.2& D.1
C.2 Reverse transcriptase polymerase
chain reaction (RT-PCR) –
cDNA synthesis followed by
conventional PCR
5. Applications and ethics A.2, Microarray analysis A.1, B.1
B.1 & B.2
6. The role of the transposons in A.1 & Expressed sequence tags (ESTs) A.1, C.1
genome evolution B.1 interpretations & C.2
Bioinformatics analysis (in-silico)
7. Whole genome analysis A.1, Molecular Markers analysis A.1, B.2
B.1, & C.1&
C.1 & C.2
C.2
8. Analysis of phylogenetic trees B.2, Genome mapping C.1 & C.2
and relations C.1 & Physically and genetically
C.2
9. Cooperative roles for C.1 &
bioinformatics and C.2
experimentation
Introduction to the course materials Introduction to the laboratory work and lab
Course breakdown safety rules.
1 Course curriculum Coursework breakdown
Course curriculum
How to write a lab report**
Page 250 of 407
Structural Genomics Conserved primer sequence design

Genome structure and organization
2 Mapping and genetic analysis General rules for primer design
QTL analysis
Comparative genomics
Functional Genomics Biotic and Abiotic stress in plants

DNA sequencing and annotation
3 Transcriptome Examples and effects on plants
Gene silencing and epigenetic regulation
* Assignment 1 (T)
Organelle genomes RNA Extraction

Mitochondrial DNA
4 RNA extraction from plant tissues
Chloroplast DNA
Downstream analysis of extracted RNA and its
applications.
Genome evolution Reverse transcriptase Polymerase Chain

Sequence Reaction (RT-PCR)
Gene Duplication
5 Polyploidy The practical application of cDNA synthesis
Preparing the reaction mix for PCR

Assignment 1 (P)
Applications Agarose gel electrophoresis

Biotechnology
6 Genomics
Ethics
7&8 MIDTERM EXAMS
Transposons and genome evolution Microarray

9 Uses, applications and types
Assignment 2 (P)
Whole genome analysis Expressed sequence tags (ESTs)

10 Microarrays
SAGE Bioinformatics analysis (in-silico)
MPSS
Page 251 of 407

*Assignment 2 (T)
11 Analysis of phylogenetic trees Molecular markers analysis

Examples and Applications
Genome mapping
12 Cooperative roles and applications for Physically and genetically
bioinformatics
13 Revision Oral presentations
14 FINAL TERM EXAMS

A.1 Lectures, public reviews, discussions, and integrating technology.

A.2 Lectures, discussions and integrating technology.
B.1 Lectures, active learning, and discussions.
B.2 Lectures, discussions, and active learning.
C.1 Discussions, case studies, and group projects.
C.2 Case study and cooperative learning.
D.1 Case studies, guided independent study and cooperative learning.
D.2 Case studies and independent student projects.

Computers
Projectors
Plant tissues
Protocols
University library
Page 252 of 407

MSA policies and regulations assert that any student with a physical, mental or emotional disability and
in need of assistance, are provisioned special sessions within the context of the personal tutoring system.
In a more standard form, disabilities are given special consideration with respect to examinations,
attendance, marking and texting proximity, provided that appropriate notifications are previously given.
Further details and policies can be viewed in students support handbook
In complex Genome analysis course, there is a practical part that is incorporated. Special tables were
designed for students with some physical challenges to facilitate their practical work. Students have
enough space in the lab in order to circulate using a wheel chair. Faculty staff including lab technicians
are well trained in order to help students with special challenges in terms of practical work and assistance.

CILOs Assessment Assessment Grading Pass Assessment Timin Weight
Method/s Tool Mode Mark Type g
A.1 & Assignment 1 Summarize N/A Summative Week 3
A.2 (T) ……. Grade with
feedback
B.1 & Assignment 2 Summarize N/A Summative Week 15 %
B.2 (T) ….. with 10
feedback
A.1, Midterm Exam Essay Grade 10 Summative Week 7
A.2, & (T) questions 20 %
B.1 and case
studies
D.1 & Assignment 1 Design…..
D.2 (P) Grade N/A Summative Week
Oral Rubric with 13 20 %
Presentation feedback
(P)
D.1 & Assignment 2 Write…….. Week 9
D.2 (P) Grade N/A Summative
Oral Rubric with
presentation (P) feedback
B.1, Lab Activities Virtual labs, Grade N/A Formative Week 5%
B.2, formative 13
C.1, assessments,
C.2 & case studies
C.3
A.1, Final Exam (T) Essay Letter 12 Summative Week 7 40 %
A.2, Questions, Grading &8
B.1 & diagram
Page 253 of 407

B.2, interpretatio
C.1 & ns, and case
C.2 studies
Total 100%
Are students required to pass all components in order to pass the course No

1. Notes Powerpoint presentation prepared by the lecturer
Prakash, M. (2007). Human gene evolution (Vol. 2).
3. Suggested Reference Pasternak, J. J. (2005). An introduction to human molecular genetics

Books mechanisms of inherited diseases (Vol. 3). Hoboken, NJ: Wiley-Liss
4. Suggested Periodicals/ Nature and jgenomics
Journals
5. Useful Websites Online Genetics Education Resources
11. Banner Data


Linked Course N/A
Page 254 of 407

12. KIS Data

Hours
Tutorials 0 0%
Total 3 100%
Page 255 of 407

1. Course data:
Course code GEN303
Course title Proteomics and Protein Engineering
Course Leader Dr. Ahmed M. K. Nada
Course Level 3 4 5 ✓ 6 7 Year 3/Sem 2
Credit hours 3
Contact Hours Theoretical: 2 Practical: 2 Tutorial: Independent
study:
Pre-requisites GEN201b – BT202b
2. Aims/Objectives:
The aim of this course is to explain the meaning of Genomics as the scientific study of genome,
underscore the role genes play, and highlight the dire importance of combining structural, functional
genomics and proteomics, which provides a deep understanding of the relationship between genes,
protein production, and traits.
Upon completion of the course, the students will show knowledge and understanding of:
Understanding: and comprehension of:
1. Proteomics as the study of structure, function, location and

interaction of proteins within and between cells.
B. Cognitive Skills 1. Differentiate between the different structures of the proteome.
2. Discover the environmental impacts on gene expression.
Page 256 of 407

GEN303, PROTEOMICS AND PROTEIN ENGINEERING FACULTY OF BIOTECHNOLOGY
C. Professional Skills 1. Assess three-dimensional structure of proteins.

2. Appraise the shape of proteins to their functionality.
Communication
Skills
A.1,
1. What are proteins 1. SDS-PAGE A.1
B.2
A.1, 2. Protein extraction from
2. Peptide mapping A.1, D.1
B.1 liver tissue
A.1, 3. Preparation of Receipts
3. Protein isolation A.1, D.1
B.1 used in SDS-PAGE
4. Sample preparation for
4. An introduction to protein engineering B.1 A.1, B.1
SDS-PAGE analysis
B.1,
5. Structure of proteins 5. Gel preparation and loading A.1, B.1
C.2
6. Known facts about the protein folding C.1 6. Staining and destaining A.1, B.1
C.1,
7. Protein recognition 7. Western blotting A.1, B.1
C.2
C.1,
8. Protein crystallization 8. Paper chromatography A.1, B.1
C.2
C.1,
9. Design of protein structure I
C.2
C.1,
10. Design of protein structure II
C.2
1st week What are proteins SDS-PAGE
2nd week Peptide mapping Protein extraction from liver tissue
3rd week Protein isolation Preparation of Receipts used in SDS-PAGE

* Assignment.T1
Page 257 of 407

4th week An introduction to protein engineering Sample preparation for SDS-PAGE analysis
* Quiz.T1 * Assignment.P1
5th week Gel preparation and loading

Structure of proteins
* Quiz.P1
6th week Known facts about the protein folding Staining and destaining
7th week MID-TERM EXAMS
8th week Mid-Term Exams
9th week Protein recognition Western blotting

* Assignment.T2 * Assignment.P2
10th week Paper chromatography

Protein crystallization
* Quiz.P2
11th week Design of protein structure I Revision

* Quiz.T2
12th week Design of protein structure II
13th week Revision
B.1 Active learning, integrating technology, and discussion method
method
method
method
practical work.
Page 258 of 407


Students with physical and psychological challenges meet the instructors of the course periodically to
ensure their proper understanding of the course.
Students with physical challenges are provided with special tables to facilitate their laboratory work.

• Virtual labs.

CILOs Timing Weight
Short Summative
A.1,
Assignment.T1 descriptive Marks with Week 3 2.5%
B.1
note feedback
Summative
B.1 Quiz.T1 Short notes Marks with Week 4 5%
feedback
Short Summative
A.1,
Assignment.P1 descriptive Marks with Week 4 2.5%
B.1
note feedback
Summative
A.1,
Quiz.P1 Short notes Marks with Week 5 2.5%
B.1
feedback
A.1, Essay
Week
B.1, Midterm exam questions, Marks Summative 20%
7,8
B.2, and MCQs
Page 259 of 407

C.1
Summative
C.1, Solve a
Assignment.T2 Marks with Week 9 2.5%
C.2 problem
feedback
A.1, Short Summative
B.1, Assignment.P2 descriptive Marks with Week 9 2.5%
D.1 note feedback
Summative
A.1, Week
Quiz.P2 Short notes Marks with 2.5%
B.1 10
feedback
Summative
C.1, Week
Quiz.T2 Short notes Marks with 5%
C.2 11
feedback
A.1,
Essay
B.1,
B.2, Marks Summative 15%
Exam cases, 14
C.1,
practical
C.2
A.1,
Essay
B.1,
questions, Letter Week
B.2, Final Exam 12 Summative 40%
MCQ, grading 14
C.1,
cases.
C.2
Total 100%

2. Course Textbook Westermeier, R., & Naven, T. (2002). Proteomics in practice: a
Page 260 of 407
laboratory manual of proteome analysis (pp. 11-98). Weinheim:

Wiley-vch.
3. Suggested Reference Sanchez, J. C., Corthals, G. L., & Hochstrasser, D. F. (Eds.).
Books (2006). Biomedical applications of proteomics. John Wiley & Sons.
4. Suggested International Journal of Proteomics
Periodicals/ Journals
5. Useful Websites PennState, (2015, March 13). What is proteomics: Tutorials from
Proteome Software. Retrieved from http://sites.psu.edu/msproteomics/
11. Banner Data


Linked Course N/A
Page 261 of 407

12. KIS Data

Hours
Tutorials 0 0%
Total 4 100%
Page 262 of 407

1. Course data:
Course code MARK301
Course title Management & Marketing in Biotechnology
Leader Dr. Amr Sukkar
Course level 3 4 5 ✓ 6 7 Year 3/Sem 2
Credit hours 2

study:
Pre-requisites None
2. Aims/Objectives:
The aim of this course is to enable students to gain understanding of major decisions faced by
managers to balance organization’s objectives with the needs and opportunities of global
marketplace. It allows the students to relate theory to practice through the use of individual or
group project throughout the course. Additionally, it helps the students to perform a market
analysis of a particular biotechnological product. Also, it gives the students an understanding of
critical issues in marketing and equip them with concepts and models relevant to those issues.
The course allows the students to acquire an understanding of basic marketing concepts; such as
product innovation, product launch, and marketing mix.

Understanding:
Page 263 of 407
MARK301, MANAGEMENT AND MARKETING IN
BIOTECHNOLOGY, 2017
knowledge and comprehension of:
1. Recognize the concept of global market place.

2. Interpret critical issues in marketing.
B. Cognitive skills: 1. Determine marketing and promotion principles.
2. Associate staff training, target setting and payment
policies.
C. Professional skills 1. Devise market analysis document of a Biotechnological
product.
D. General and 1. Demonstrate the ability to work in a group project and
communication skills to present a case study.
2. Show time management skills.
1. Introduction to management and

A1. A2, B1 & D2
marketing
2. Marketing: The fundamentals A1 & B2
3. Marketing and management tasks A1, A2 & B1
4. Marketing mix A1, A2, B1, C1, D1 & D2
5. Product A1, A2, B1 & B2
Week Lecture
1st week Introduction to management and marketing
2nd week Marketing: The fundamentals part 1
3rd week Marketing: The fundamentals part 2
Page 264 of 407

BIOTECHNOLOGY, 2017
4th week Marketing and management tasks part 1
Quiz 1
Assignment 1
5th week Marketing and management tasks part 2
6th week Revision
7th & 8th weeks MIDTERMS
9th week Marketing mix
10th week Product part 1
Quiz 2
Assignment 2
13th week Presentation and project submission
14th week Revision
Page 265 of 407

BIOTECHNOLOGY, 2017
A.1 Active learning, integrating technology, and discussion
A.2 Active learning, integrating technology, case studies and discussion
B.1 Active learning, integrating technology, online journals and discussion
B.2 Active learning, integrating technology, case method , reviews and

discussion
C.1 Active learning, integrating technology, case method, student projects,

public reviews and discussion
D.1 Student projects, Discussion
D.2 Student projects, Discussions and public reviews.

with respect to examinations, attendance, marking and texting proximity provided that
support handbook.
Regarding the Management and Marketing in Biotechnology course, there is no practical part
that is incorporated. Faculty staff is trained well in order to help students with special
challenges.

Page 266 of 407

BIOTECHNOLOGY, 2017

Assessmen
CILO Assessment t Grading Pass Assessmen
Timing Weight
s Method/s Mode Mark t Type
Tool
A1, Summative
A2, B1 Quiz.T1 Short notes Marks with Week 4 5%
& B2 feedback
A1,
Short Summative
A2, Assignment.T
descriptive Marks with Week 4 5%
B1, & 1
note feedback
D2
A1,
A2, Essay
Week
B1, Midterm exam questions, Marks Summative 20%
7,8
C1& and MCQs
D2
A1, Short Summative

Assignment.T Week
A2, B1 descriptive Marks with 5%
2 11
& D2 note feedback
A1, Summative
Week
A2, B1 Quiz.T2 Short notes Marks with 5%
11
& B2 feedback
A1,
B1, Business
Summative
B2, proposal Week
Project Marks with 20%
C1, and 13
feedback
D1 & presentation
D2
Page 267 of 407

BIOTECHNOLOGY, 2017
A1,
Essay
A2,
questions Letter Week
B1, Final Exam 12 Summative 40%
and case grading 15
C1&
studies.
D2
Total 100%

2. Course Textbook Kotler, P. and Armstrong, G. (2010). Principles of marketing. 6th

edition. United States, Prentice Hall publication.
3. Suggested Reference Berkowitz, E. (2001). Marketing with Powerweb. 7th edition. United
Books States. McGraw-Hill.
4. Suggested Journal of Management and Marketing Research

5. Useful Websites http://www.managementmarketing.ro/
11. Banner Data


Page 268 of 407

BIOTECHNOLOGY, 2017
Linked Course N/A
12. KIS Data

Hours
Practical Work 0 0%
Tutorials 0 0%
Total 2 100%
Course Instructor: Dr. Amr Sukkar
Page 269 of 407

BIOTECHNOLOGY, 2017
1. Course Data
Code(s)
Programme BSc. Hons. Biotechnology

Name
Course Code: SEM_302
Course Title Industrial Projects
Course Level: 3 4 5 √ 6 7 Year/Sem: Year 3/Sem 2
Credit 2
Units/Hours:
Contact Hours: Theoretical: 2 Practical: 2 Tutorial: 1 Independent 1

study:
Pre-requisite/s SEM301
2. Aims/Objectives:
The industrial projects course is a course designed to provide a link between academia and
industrial life. Through the organization of field trips and guest lectures from experts in various
fields, the students are exposed to the research opportunities that are available. Students are also
trained to design experiments and prepare proposals, while reviewing available technologies and
advancements based on relevant literature. The course also equips students with the necessary
tools for research, and develops their ability to detect and solve industrial issues, as well as their
presentation skills.

Page 270 of 407

SEM_302, INDUSTRIAL PROJECTS, 2017 FACULTY OF BIOTECHNOLOGY
Understanding: and comprehension of:
1. The varying fields of biotechnological research, that are available in

the industry
2. The basis of Scientific writing, method, and experimental design
B. Cognitive Skills 1. Classify and Describe research results and the work of others i.e.
published material.
2. Demonstrate searching, writing and problem-solving skills.
C. Professional Skills 1. Design appropriate experimental or data collection techniques.
2. Apply knowledge and skills to the solution of a specific theoretical

problem; and work independently.
D. General and 1. Present research as clear oral presentations with appropriate and
Communication adequate use of supporting visual aid material.
Skills
Informing the students about the course grading A.1, A.1,

system, course evaluation, course materials and A.2 A.2
course resources, Outline, Visit Report, Risk Detailed explanation of visit
Assessment reports and Risk Assessment
Forms
Supervision is arranged to ensure that the A.1 Brain Storming Session D.1
student progresses at an appropriate pace
through his/her project and also draws upon
his/her own initiative and store of relevant
knowledge.
Outline for choosing a topic and gathering B.1, Follow-up on generated B.1,
information about that topic. B.2 ideas and approved ones B.2
Guidelines to reading research articles and B.1, Practicing Paraphrasing and B.1,
Page 271 of 407

papers B.2 methods of encouraging B.2

creativity
Guidelines for Experimental Designs and the C.1, C.1,

scientific Method C.2 C.2
Feedback on Submitted
Drafts
STDF Proposal Guidelines and Formatting C.1, C.1,

C.2 C.2
Feedback on Submitted
Drafts
Budget and Gantt Chart Calculations B.1, Feedback on Submitted B.1,

B.2 Drafts B.2
Referencing A.1 Feedback on Submitted D.1,

Drafts & Posters C.1,
C.2
Poster and Presentation Rehearsals D.1 Feedback on Skills D.1
Assessments and Activities D.1 Assessments D.1
Informing the students about the course grading system, course evaluation, course
1
materials and course resources.
Supervision is arranged to ensure that Detailed explanation of visit reports and

the student progresses at an Risk Assessment Forms
appropriate pace through his/her
2
project and also draws upon his/her
own initiative and store of relevant
knowledge.
Page 272 of 407

1st field trip Brain Storming Session+ Guidelines for

3 Experimental Designs and the scientific
Assignment Field trip Report due Method
next week
4 Academic Visitors Feedback on Field Trip Reports
2nd field trip Poster & Presentation Skills Session

5 Assignment Field trip Report due
next week
Academic Visitor + Guidelines for How to read research Papers and

6 Experimental Designs and the Reviews+ Outline for choosing a topic and
scientific Method gathering information about that topic.
7&8 MIDTERM EXAMS
STDF Proposal Guidelines and Budget and Gantt Chart Calculations

9
Formatting
Referencing Practicing Paraphrasing and methods of

10
encouraging creativity
First draft due date: Handing in the 1st Statistical Analysis session / rehearsing
draft including Introduction, Poster Session
11
Methodology, and Expected Results
Soft copy.
12 Feedback on Submitted Drafts Feedback on Submitted Drafts
13
Evaluation of the Students’ Posters Submission of Final Draft & Portfolios
Page 273 of 407

14 Evaluation of the Students’ Presentation by external examiners
15 FINAL TERM EXAMS
CILOs Teaching Strategies
A.1 Presentation, interactive learning, Visits
A.2 Presentation, interactive learning, flipped classroom, videos, Guest Lectures
C.1 Hand out work/ Design learning Materials
C.2 Hand out work/ Design learning Materials

- Students with any physical challenges or transient cases which make their participation in
practical activities difficult are helped by a TA or a technician.
- Students with difficulty preparing or presenting their work are assured and helped by T.As.
-Appropriate Transportation is provided; and if student is unable to go on field-trip due to the

nature of the facility; a guest lecture and virtual tour is arranged.

- Lecture rooms with data show and chairs or tables for students with physical challenges.
- Trained TAs to help students with physical challenges.
Page 274 of 407

- Appropriate Transportation for the various field trips.
- Classrooms for tutorials with T. As with appropriate internet connection.

Tool
A. 1, 2 Visit Reports Reports, Letter Summative Week 10%

writing, RA Grade with 3,4, 5, 6
B. 1 forms, group Feedback
work
C. 2 Outline Written N/A Formative Week 6 0%

Report with
D. 1 (Part of Feedback
Student
Follow-
up)
A. 1, 2 STDF 1st Grant N/A Formative Week 0%

Draft Application with 8,9,10
B. 1, (Part of Feedback
B.2 Student
Follow-
up)
A. 1, 2 STDF 2nd Grant N/A Formative Week 0%

Draft Application with 10, 11,
B. 1 (Part of Feedback 12
Student
Follow-
up)
A. 2, Student Rubric Letter Summative Week 3- 10%

Follow-up (Supervising Grade with 14
B. 1,
Page 275 of 407

B.2 T.A.) Feedback
D. 1
C. 1, 2 Poster Session Rubric Letter Summative Week 18%

(External Grade with 13
D.1 Examiners) Feedback
C. 1, 2 Presentation Rubric Letter Summative Week 22%

Session (External Grade with 14
Examiners) Feedback
C. 1, 2 Portfolio Rubric Letter Summative Week 5%

Grade with 14
Feedback
A. 1, Final Draft Written Letter Summative Week 35%

2, B. 1, Report Grade 14
2
(Rubric)
Total 100%

1. Notes Handouts of SEM302
2. Course Textbook http://e-learning.msa.edu.eg
3. Suggested Topic Related Literature

Reference Books
Russell, K. (2010), The Art of Being a Scientist: A Guide for Graduate
Students and their Mentors by Roel Snieder, Ken Larner. International
Statistical Review, 78: 159. doi:10.1111/j.1751-
5823.2010.00109_28.x

Periodicals/
Journals
Page 276 of 407
5. Useful Websites All About Grants Tutorials (National Institutes of Health)

http://www.niaid.nih.gov/ncn/grants/default.htm
Grant Writing Tips Sheet http://grants1.nih.gov/grants/grant_tips.htm
EPA Purdue University Grant-Writing Tutorial (Environmental

Protection Agency)
http://www.purdue.edu/envirosoft/grants/src/msieopen.htm
Grant-writing Tools for Non-Profit Organizations (Non-Profit Guides)

http://www.npguides.org/
Sample proposals:
http://www.npguides.org/guide/sample_proposals.htm
Proposal Writing Short Course (Foundation Center; English and

Spanish) http://fdncenter.org/learn/shortcourse/prop1.html
Where can I find examples of grant proposals?

http://foundationcenter.org/getstarted/faqs/html/propsample.html
Sample Proposals (SchoolGrants.org)

http://www.k12grants.org/samples/
Selected Proposal Writing Websites (University of Pittsburgh)

http://www.pitt.edu/~offres/proposal/propwriting/websites.html
Tips on Writing a Grant Proposal (Environmental Protection Agency)

http://www.epa.gov/ogd/recipient/tips.htm
Writing a Successful Grant Proposal (Minnesota Council on

Foundations) http://www.mcf.org/mcf/grant/writing.htm
11. Banner Data


existing course, Programme(s)
Page 277 of 407

affected
Donor Department Advanced Sciences
Linked Course N/A
External Examiner David Hughes & Dr. Laura Snyder
12. KIS Data

Tutorials 1 20%
Practical Sessions 1 20%
Total 5 100%
Page 278 of 407

LEVEL FOUR
Page 279 of 407

1. Course data:
Course code BT401
Course title Introduction to Biosafety and Risk Assessment
Leader Dr. Amgad M. Rady
Level 3 4 5 6 ✓7 Year 4/Sem 1
Credit hours 2
Contact hours Theoretical: 2 Practical: Tutorial: Independent

study:
Pre-requisites BT_301
2. Aims/Objectives:
The aim of this course is to provide students with an understanding of the techniques used in
biotechnology to perform biosafety, provide students with information about safety of
Genetically Modified Organisms (GMOs), and to raise students' awareness of the biosafety
policies and procedures and how to use biotechnological sciences to avoid environmental risks.

Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to show knowledge and
understanding of:
1. The Biosafety procedures and applications.

2. The different levels of biosafety.
Page 280 of 407
BT401, INTRODUCTION TO BIOSAFETY AND RISK
ASSESSMENT, 2017
B. Cognitive Skills 1. Demonstrate knowledge of the environmental safety

parameters.
2. Analyze laboratory risks and classify them into groups.
C. Professional Skills 1. Evaluate the laboratory's biosafety level.
2. Assess the precautions needed in the laboratory
depending on its biohazard level.
4. Indicative contents
Theoretical content ILOs
1. Biosafety policies and procedures associated with the introduction A.1

and use of biotechnological tools.
2. Guidelines and regulation of biosafety. A.1, and A.2
3. Biosafety measures in the laboratory, greenhouse and open field. B.1
4. Laboratory biohazard waste management B.2
5. Biosafety procedures and permit applications C.1, and C.2
6. Regulatory review and approval to commercial release C.1, and C.2
7. Biosafety and public awareness. D.1
8. Risk assessment of GMOs. B.1
9. Risk management of GMOs and their possible impact on the B.1, and D.1
environment
10. Cartagena Protocol B.1
Week Lecture
Page 281 of 407

ASSESSMENT, 2017
1st week 1. Biosafety policies and procedures associated with the introduction
and use of biotechnological tools
• Declaration of International Federation of Biosafety

Association
2nd week 2. Guidelines and regulation of biosafety
• Implementing a Varity of Directives, guidelines, standards
3rd week 3. Biosafety measures in the laboratory, greenhouse and open field.
• Biosafety Practices
• Biosafety levels (BSLs)
Quiz 1
4th week 4. Biohazardous waste
• Biohazard waste management
• Types of Biohazard waste
5th week 5. Biosafety procedures and permit applications
• The relation between biorisk & Biosafety
• Biorisk groups
6th week 6. Regulatory review and approval to commercial release
Page 282 of 407

ASSESSMENT, 2017
7th & 8th weeks MID-TERM EXAMS
9th week 7. Biosafety and public awareness
• Applying a biorisk assessment sheet
10th week 8. Risk assessment of GMO
• Privileges & Concerns of GMOs
• International scene of GMOs
Quiz 2
11th week 9. Risk management of GMOs and their possible impact on the
environment
12th week 10. Cartagena protocol
13th week Revision
A.1 Discussion and case method, by discussing biosafety rules and regulations
with students and proving these rules with real life cases.
A.2 Discussion and case method, by discussing biosafety rules and regulations
Page 283 of 407

ASSESSMENT, 2017
B.1 Case method, by providing an opportunity for students to apply what they
learned in classes to the laboratories of the university or other laboratories
in Egypt.
B.2 Case method, by providing an opportunity for students to apply what they
learned in classes to the laboratories of the university or other laboratories
in Egypt.
C.1 Discussion and case method, by discussing biosafety rules and regulations
C.2 Discussion and case method, by discussing biosafety rules and regulations
D1 Providing the opportunity for students to work in group project.


• Well-equipped computer labs.

Tool
A.1, A.2 Quiz 1 Short notes, Marks Summative Week 3 10%

MCQs with
Page 284 of 407

ASSESSMENT, 2017
feedback
B.1, B.2, Assignment (Project): Marks Summative Week 3

D.1 1 Analyze with
laboratory feedback
risks in the
10%
university
and apply
biosafety
precautions.
A.1, A.2, Midterm Essay Marks Summative Week 6 20%

B.1, B.2 exam questions
B.1, B.2 Quiz 2 Short notes, Marks Summative Week 5 10%

MCQs with
feedback
C.1, C.2, Assignment Solve a Marks Summative Week 10%

D.1 2 problem with 10
feedback
A.1, A.2, Final Exam Essay Letter 12 Summative Week 40%

B.1, B.2, questions, grading 14
C.1, C.2 cases.
Total 100%

2. Course Textbook Fleming, D.O., & Hunt, D.L. (2006). Biological safety: principles
and practices (4th Ed.). ASM Press
3. Suggested World Health Organization. (2004). Laboratory biosafety manual.

Reference Books World Health Organization
Page 285 of 407

ASSESSMENT, 2017
4. Suggested Applied Biosafety Journal

Periodicals/
Journals
5. Useful Websites Ministry of Science and Technology, Department of
Biotechnology. (2017, July 9). Biosafety – Regulation. Retrieved
from www.dbtindia.nic.in/regulations/
11. Banner Data


affected
Linked Course N/A
12. KIS Data

Hours
Page 286 of 407

ASSESSMENT, 2017
Practical Work 0 0%
Tutorials 0 0%
Total 2 100%
Page 287 of 407

ASSESSMENT, 2017
1. Course data:
Course code BT411
Course title Regulatory and ethical aspects of biotechnology
Leader Dr. Osama S. Saad
Course level 3 4 5 6 ✓7 Year 4/Sem 1
Credit hours 2
study:
Pre-requisites BT_301
2. Aims/Objectives:
The aim of the regulatory & ethical aspects of biotechnology course is to enable students the ability to
debate opinions effectively and base their opinions efficiently in bioethics. The course gives
information about the essential concepts in applying ethics in new sciences such as gene patenting,
transhumanism, stem cell technology, usage of Genetically Modified Organisms (GMOs) and their
dilemmas and brain death. Moreover, the course provides a full understanding of the biohazards
accompanying wrong use of biotechnological science
of:
Understanding:
1. Ethical concepts of Biotechnology.
2. Recognize different dilemmas in manipulating genes.
B. Cognitive skills: 1. Master ethical reflection and decision-making with respect
to the rapid developments in biotechnology.
2. Analyze biotechnological sciences and avoid risks of
Page 288 of 407

MARK401, INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY PROTECTION,
2017
misuse.
C. Professional skills 1. Develop critical thinking skills through a consideration of
the theoretical, legal and practical aspects of bioethical
decision-making.
D. General and 1. Demonstrate the ability to work in a team and self-learn
communication skills generally when doing different surveys and discussions
throughout the course.
2. Construct presentation and negotiation skills.
1. Ethical aspects in biotechnology A1, B1, B2 & C1.
2. Wrong uses of biotechnological
sciences like biological warfare A1, B1, B2 & C1
agents
3. How can a person evaluate new
technological trends to judge A1, B1, B2 & C1
acceptance or rejection?
4. Who has the authority to put
A1, A2, B1, B2 & C1.
ethical limits in biotechnology
5. Concept of gene change: accept or
A1, A2, B1, B2 & C1
refuse.
6. Concept of trans-humanism, brain
A1, A2, B1, B2, & C1.
death: accept or refuse.
7. Applying surveys C1, D1 & D2
Week Lecture
1st week Introduction to Bioethics
2nd week Patient Autonomy
Page 289 of 407

2017
3rd week The use of humans stem cells

Quiz 1
4th week Brain death
5th week Agri business
6th week Bioethics of brain death

Assignment 1
9th week Ethical issues in genetically modified foods
10th week Animal/human cloning

Quiz 2
Assignment 2
11th week Human enhancement
12th week Activity: the class is classified into small groups, each select a new technology
and each group prepare an ethical argument supporting or reject the use of the
new technology.
13th week Surveys presentation & project submission
14th week Revision

Page 290 of 407

2017
A.1 Active learning,lectures, integrating technology, and discussion method
A.2 Active learning, integrating technology, case studies and discussion method
B.1 Active learning, integrating technology, case studies and discussion method
B.2 Active learning, integrating technology, case method, recitations and discussion
method
C.1 Case method, recitations, public reviews and discussion method
D.1 Active learning and discussion
D.2 Case methods and surveys.

MSA policies and regulations require that any student with a physical, mental or emotional disability
and in need of assistance, are provisioned special sessions within the context of the personal tutoring
system. In a more standard form, disabilities are given special considerations with respect to
examinations, attendance, marking and texting proximity provided that appropriate notifications are
priory given. Further details and policies can be viewed in students support handbook.
Regarding the Regulatory and ethical aspects of Biotechnology course, there is no practical part that
is incorporated. Though, while doing the surveys, students have special and appropriate passages
and pathways to be able to circulate the university. Faculty staff is trained well in order to help
students with special challenges.


CILOs Timing Weight
Summative
A1, B1
Quiz.T1 Short notes Marks with Week 3 5%
& D1
feedback
B2 Assignment.T1 Short Marks Summative Week 6 5%
Page 291 of 407

2017
descriptive with
note feedback
Essay
A1, A2 Week
& D1 7,8
and MCQs
Short Summative
Week
B2 Assignment.T2 descriptive Marks with 5%
10
note feedback
Summative
A1, B1 Week
Quiz.T2 Short notes Marks with 5%
& D1 10
feedback
Summative
C1, D1 Project Surveys and Week
Marks with 20%
& D2 (surveys) analysis 13
feedback
Essay
A1 & Letter Week
D1 grading 14
MCQ, cases.
Total 100%
2. Course Textbook John, A. and Fuchs, R. (2002). Biotechnology and safety assessment.
3rd Edition. India, Academic press.
3. Suggested Reference Hokkanen, H. and Lynch, J. (2003). Biological control: benefits and
Books risks. Cambridge, University press.
4. Suggested International journal of biotechnology
5. Useful Websites http://www.inderscience.com/jhome.php?jcode=ijbt
Page 292 of 407

2017
11. Banner Data


Linked Course N/A
12. KIS Data
Hours
Practical Work 0 0%
Tutorials 0 0%
Total 2 100%
Course Instructor: Dr. Osama S. Saad
Page 293 of 407

2017
1. Course Data
Programme
Code(s)
Course Code: MARK401
Course Title Intellectual Property Protection

Course Level: 3 4 5 √ 6 7 Year4/Sem2
study:
Pre-requisite/s BT_301
2. Aims/Objectives:
This course aims to give the students the ability to understand intellectual properties both as a
definition and an asset that requires attention as well as protection. The course gives
information about ways to exchange materials and ideas between scientists, study the types
of licensing agreements, and understanding the enforcement of intellectual property rights to
increase the student’s awareness to technological and legal developments in Intellectual
property.

Understanding:
knowledge and comprehension of:
1. The properties of intellectual communications.
2. The trade secret definition.
Page 294 of 407

2017
3. The mechanism for applying intellectual properties

worldwide.
B. Cognitive Skills 1. Demonstrate the way to apply proper scientific communication.
2. Distinguish between different types of patents.
C. Professional 1. Develop experience in writing application for patents to
Skills
scientific researches
2. Improve students' abilities for how to present any scientific ideas.
D. General and 1. Demonstrate students' skills on the E – Learning and getting
Skills 2. Improve students' abilities in presenting any scientific ideas.
3. Demonstrate the ability to work in groups.
1 Definition of intellectual properties. A1 , A2 & A3
2 International agreements and treaties for A2, A3 & B1
intellectual protection (IP).
3 Implementation of copyright, trademark A1,A2 ,B2&C1
and patency.
4 What is trade secret A1 A,2 ,A3,B1
5 The interrelationship between A 2 , A3& B2
intellectual property and biodiversity
6 Plant variety protection and UPOV A1 ,A2, B2
treaty
7 Public distribution of intellectual A2, A 3 &, C2 & D2
property.
8- Type of licensing agreements. A3 & B2
Page 295 of 407

2017
Week Lecture
1st week Informing the students about the course grading system, course evaluation,
course materials and course resources.
2nd week Understanding the essence of Intellectual properties

❖ Assignment 1 “due date week 5”
3rd & 4thweek Identifying the different types of licensing agreements.
❖ Quiz 1
5th & 6th week Understanding the concept of Trade secret.
“Submission of Assignment 1”
9th week Implementing copyright, trademark and patency laws.

❖ Group Project Due date in week 13”
10th week Protecting plant variety and applying UPOV treaty.
❖ Assignment 2 “Due date in week 12”
11th week Recognizing types of license agreements

❖ Quiz 2

discussions, Moodle (active links)
B (1,2) Power point Presentations & Extra readings
Page 296 of 407
2017
C(1,2) Turnitin Assignments, Hand out Training
D (1,2) Moodle, Turnitin Assignments, Active learning and/discussions with

TAs


Microphone

k
A.1,2 Essay NA Summative 5%
Quiz 1 Questions Marks with Week 3
Feedback
A1,2,3 Moodle – Marks NA Summative 5%
Quiz 2 T/F with Week
Questions Feedback 11
B1,B2 Assignment Turnitin NA Summative Week 5 5%
1 with Marks with
feedback Feedback
C3 Assignment Turnitin Marks NA Summative Week
5%
2 with With 12
Page 297 of 407

2017
feedback feedback
A1,A2,B1,B Midterm Essay Marks NA Summative Week
2 Exam Questions With 7/8 20%
Feedback
D2,D3 Group Presentation Marks NA Summative Week 20%
Project + s With 13
Seminar Feedback
Total 100%

2. Course On the- Moodle e-learning
Textbook
3. Suggested Stephen Johnson,(2015): Guide to Intellectual Property: What it is, how to
protect it, how to exploit it, the Economist, ISBN-13: 978-1610394611
Reference
Books
4. Suggested Varsakelis, N. (2001), “The Impact of Patent Protection, Openness, and
National Culture on R&D investment: a Cross-Country Empirical
Periodicals/
Investigation,” Research Policy , 30, 1059-1068.
Journals
Park, W. and Ginarte, J. (1997), “Intellectual Property Rights and
Economic Growth,” Contemporary Economic Policy, 15, 51 - 61.
Thompson, M. and Rushing, F. (1999), “An Empirical Analysis of the

Impact of Patent Protection on Economic Growth: An Extension,” Journal
of Economic Development, 24, 67 - 76.
5. Useful http://www.aun.edu.eg/kto/Intellectual%20properties%20rights%20and%
Websites 20protection.pdf
http://www.wipo.int/edocs/pubdocs/en/intproperty/450/wipo_pub_450.pdf
Page 298 of 407

2017
11. Banner Data


Linked Course N/A
12. KIS Data

Practical Work 0 0
Tutorials 0 0
Total 2 100%
Head of the Academic Department:.
Page 299 of 407

2017
1. Course data:
Course code MARK402
Course title Business Communication
Leader Dr. Amr Sukkar
Course level 3 4 5 6 ✓7 Year 4/Sem 2
Credit hours 2
study:
Pre-requisites MARK301
2. Aims/Objectives:
The aim of this course is to develop student's abilities in analytical thinking and clear expression.
The course focuses on the process of planning, preparing, and executing a professional
communications plan. The course provides the ability to write a series of business documents,
and give several oral presentations, as well as reduce the resistance, fear, and complacency
inherent to the introduction of technology in the work place.
knowledge of:
Understanding:
1. Leadership and team work
B. Cognitive skills: 1. Demonstrate the ability in critical thinking in the
management science area.
Page 300 of 407

MARK402, BUSINESS COMMUNICATION, 2017 FACULTY OF BIOTECHNOLOGY
C. Professional skills 1. Create a series of business documents.

2. Determine leadership and twenty-first-century
hospitality
communication skills 2. Construct time management and prioritizing of
activities
1. Managerial communication A1, C1, C2 & D1
2. Business writing B1,C1, C2, D1 & D2
3. Techniques in persuasion A1, B1, & C1

4. Identification of cultural issues that
A1, B1 & C2
makes communication difficult
5. International business, management
C1 & D2
and marketing
Week Lecture
1st week Career success begins with communication skills
2nd week Planning business messages
3rd week Composing business messages
4th week Revising business messages

Quiz 1
5th week Electronic messages and memorandums

Assignment 1
6th week Positive messages

Page 301 of 407
9th week Persuasive messages
10th week Negative message

Assignment 2
11th week Proposals and formal reports
12th week Professionalism at Work: Business Etiquette, Ethics, Teamwork, and

Meetings
Quiz 2
13th week Presentation and project submission
14th week Revision

B.1 Active learning, integrating technology, case studies and discussion
method
C.1 Active learning, case method, student projects, public reviews and
discussion method
C.2 Active learning, integrating technology, case method, student
projects, public reviews and discussion method
D.1 Student projects, discussion
D.2 Active learning, e-books and discussion methods

disability and in need of assistance is provisioned special sessions within the context of the
personal tutoring system. In a more standard form, disabilities are given special
considerations with respect to examinations, attendance, marking and texting proximity,
provided that appropriate notifications are priory given. Further details and policies can be
viewed in students support handbook.
Regarding the Business communication course, there is no practical part that is incorporated.
Faculty staff are trained well in order to help students with special challenges.
Page 302 of 407



CILOs Timing Weight
Summative
A1, B1
& C2
feedback
A1, Short Summative
B1, C2 Assignment.T1 descriptive Marks with Week 5 5%
& D2 note feedback
Essay
A1, B1 Week
& C2 7,8
and MCQs
A1, Short Summative
Week
B1, C2 Assignment.T2 descriptive Marks with 5%
10
& D2 note feedback
Summative
Week
A1, B1 Quiz.T2 Short notes Marks with 5%
12
feedback
A1,
Business
B1, Summative
proposal Week
C1, Project Marks with 20%
and 13
C2, D1 feedback
presentation
& D2
A1, B1 Final Exam Essay Letter 12 Summative Week 40%
Page 303 of 407

& C2 questions, grading 15

and case
studies.
Total 100%

2. Course Textbook Guffey, M. and Loewy, D. (2013). Essentials of business
communication. Latest edition. United states. South-Western
educational publishing.
Roebuck, D. (2006). Improving business communication skills. 4th
edition. United States, Prentice Hall publication.
3. Suggested Lesikar, R. and Flatley, M. (2002). Basic business communication:
Reference Books skills for empowering the internet generation. 10th edition. United
States, McGraw Hill.
4. Suggested International Journal of Business Communication.
Periodicals/
Journals
5. Useful Websites http://www.businessdictionary.com/definition/business-
communication.html
11. Banner Data

Page 304 of 407


Linked Course N/A
12. KIS Data

Hours
Practical Work 0 0%
Tutorials 0 0%
Total 2 100%
Course Instructor: Dr. Amr Sukkar
Page 305 of 407

1. Course Data
Course Code: GEN402
Course Title Molecular and Genetic Diagnosis
Course Leader Dr. Radwa Mekky
Course Level: 3 4 5 6 √ 7 Year 4/sem 2
study:
Pre-requisite/s BIO201, GEN301
2. Aims/Objectives:
The aim of this course is to emphasize the usefulness of molecular and genetic tools in the
diagnosis of diseases. The course explains the impact of genetic polymorphisms in altering the
response to therapeutic drugs. The course also highlights the role of personalized medicine in
tailoring therapeutic dosage to patients individually.

1- The role of molecular genetics in the diagnosis and prognosis of

diseases.
2- How molecular approaches could distinguish between different
cancer stages.
B. Cognitive Skills 1- Apply molecular diagnostic tools in personalized medicine.

2- Categorize the different diagnostic algorithms in detection of
infectious diseases.
C. Professional 1- Utilize different molecular diagnostic tools to detect infectious

Page 306 of 407
GEN402, MOLECULAR AND GENETIC DIAGNOSIS, 2017 FACULTY OF BIOTECHNOLOGY
Skills diseases and cancers.

2- Perform different genetic testing to predict prenatal diseases.
3- Quantify amount of protein in the cells using Elisa.
4- Perform conventional diagnostic tests
Communication
Skills
Introduction to Molecular Diagnosis A.1 Tools to diagnose Prenatal C.2
diagnosis
Pre-natal and new-born disease diagnosis A.1 Personalized medicine B.1
by molecular techniques
The application of molecular diagnosis in B.1 Elisa C.3
pharmacogenomics.
The application of molecular diagnosis in B.2 Conventional Diagnostic tests C.4
Immunoassay for detection of hormones, A.1,C.4 Next generation sequencing A.1,
vitamins and metabolites B.1
Application of molecular diagnosis in A.2, Field trip D.1
Cancer C.1
Epigenetic signature and molecular A.1 Presentation on the visit D.1
diagnosis.
1st week Introduction to the course materials Introduction to the laboratory work.
2nd week ● Prenatal and newborn • Prenatal diagnosis

Molecular diagnosis. - Karyotyping – FISH
- Newborn errors of technique (Virtual Lab)
metabolism.
- Students will practice solving
- Different Prenatal
Page 307 of 407

diagnostic tools. prenatal diagnosis case

- Biomarkers for predicting studies.
newborn diseases - Notification for Quiz one
3rd week ● Molecular diagnosis and • Molecular Diagnostics serving

personalized medicine. individualized medicine
- How polymorphisms - Pharmacogenomics (Slow, rapid
affect response to
and ultra-metabolites).
treatment.
- Understand interface - Explain the principle of genetic
between molecular profiling (DNA fit)
diagnosis and - Quiz 1P
pharmacogenomics.
- Quiz 1T
4th week ● Molecular diagnosis and • ELISA

personalized medicine.
- Various applications of ELISA.
● Different approaches to detect
SNP - RIBA
5th week ● Molecular Diagnosis and • Conventional Diagnostic tests

- CBC, Blood sugar level,
- Molecular tools to detect Kidney and liver functions
infectious diseases
6th week ● Molecular Diagnosis and - Continue with

infectious diseases. Conventional Diagnostic tests
- Exact algorithm of
accurate diagnosis of
hepatitis C virus.
- Use of microRNAs as
biomarkers for HCV.
7th * 8th
week MIDTERM EXAMS
9th week ● Molecular Diagnosis and - STR

immunological diseases.
- RFLP
- Elisa testing.
Page 308 of 407

- Antigen antibody affinity. Next generation sequencing for detection

of SNP
10th week ● Molecular Diagnosis and

Cancer. - Visit to AGERI
- Explain the role of
genetics in predicting (Next generation sequencing)
different types of cancers.
- Explain the role of genetics in
cancer prognosis.
- Quiz 2T
11th week ● Molecular Diagnosis and - Presentation on visit

epigenetics
- MicroRNAs as biomarkers
in different diseases.
12th week ● Project ( Awareness - Quiz2P

Campaign)
13th week Quiz 3T

Revision

Practical Exams

and Practical Lab
C.1 Power point presentation/Interactive Learning/Learning Groups
and Practical Lab
C.2 Practical Lab
C.3 Practical Lab
Page 309 of 407

C.4 Practical Lab


-Students with some physical challenges are met every now and then to ensure that they receive
the information clearly and deal with their discomfort and active learning/ moodle could be of
practical activities difficult are helped by TAs or technicians


CILO Assessment Assessment Gradin Pass Assessmen Timi Weigh
s Method/s Tool g Mode Mark t Type ng t
A.1 Quiz 1P Short Notes Marks Summative Week 2.5%
with 3
feedback
midterm Short Notes/ Essay Marks Summative Week 20%
questions 7
A.2 Quiz 2P Short Notes/ Essay Marks Summative Week 2.5%
questions with 11
feedback
Final Exam Short Notes/ Essay Marks Summative Week 2.5 %
questions 15
B.1 Quiz 3P Short notes/ Essay Marks Summative Week
2.5%
question Lab report with 13
feedback
Midterm Short notes/ Essay Marks Summative
2%
question /case study
B.2 Midterm Short notes/ Essay Marks Summative Week 5%
question /case study 13
C.1 Quiz 1P Short Notes Marks Summative Week 2%
with 3
feedback
Page 310 of 407
Final Short Notes, Essay Letters Summative Week 2%

Practical questions, with 14
exam experimental feedback
procedures.
C.2 Quiz2P Short Notes Marks Summative Week 2%
with 12
Final Short Notes, Essay Marks feedback Week 2%
practical questions, 14
exam Experimental
procedures.
C.3 Final Short Notes, Essay Marks Summative Week 5%
exam Experimental feedback
procedures.
C.4 Final Short Notes, Essay Marks Summative Week 5%
procedures.
D.1 Presentation Rubric Marks Summative Week 5%
with 14
feedback
A.1,A. Final Exam: Essay Questions, Letter 12 Summative Week 40%
2,B,1, case study, Grading with 16
B.2,C. Diagrams. feedback
1
Total 100%

2. Course Textbook Kevin Davies, (2002) Cracking the Genome: Inside the Race to
Unlock Human DNA, Baltimore and London, JHU Press.
3. Suggested
Reference Books Erin P. Balogh, Bryan T. Miller, and John R. Ball, (2015), Improving
Diagnosis in Health care, Washintogn DC, the National Academies
press
4. Suggested The Journal of Molecular Diagnostics
Periodicals/
Journals
Page 311 of 407
11. Banner Data


Linked Course N/A
12. KIS Data

Tutorials 0 0%
Total 4 100%
Page 312 of 407

1. Course Data
Course Code BT305
Course Title Animal Cell Biotechnology
Course Leader Dr. Ahmed M. K. Nada
Course Level 3 4 5 √ 6 7 Year 3/Sem 2
study:
Pre-requisite/s BIO201
2. Aims/Objectives:
This course aims to provide an overview of modern research and industrial applications of
animal cell biology and allow students to explore the applications of animal cell culture and
other technologies in relation to industry, research and medicine. The course also enables
students to evaluate the industrial, research and biomedical ideas associated with animal cell
biology.
1. Concepts and principles of cell and tissue engineering
2. The mechanisms of cellular differentiation, drug resistance and
cell death
B. Cognitive Skills 1. Differentiate between the structures of prokaryotic and
eukaryotic cells as well as animal and human cells
2. Use the knowledge acquired regarding the cell organization,
tissue engineering, culturing techniques, and gene regulation to
develop medicinal, agricultural, and environmental goods.
C. Professional 1. Appraise the biotechnological techniques and their relevance to
Skills various fields.
2. Relate techniques used to prepare human and non-human cell
culture.
Page 313 of 407

BT305, ANIMAL CELL BIOTECHNOLOGY, 2017 FACULTY OF BIOTECHNOLOGY
D. General and 1. Evaluate online resources

Communication
Skills
1. Cell and tissue engineering A.1 & A.2
2. Scale up of animal cell culture B.1, B.2 & C.2
3. Mechanisms of drug resistance and cell death A.2 & D.1
4. Differentiation of animal/human cells A.2 & C.1

5. Animal cell culture techniques relevant to mRNA knockdown A.1, B.1, C.2 & D.1
6. Regulation of gene expression in animal cells, with emphasis on translational A.2 & D.1
control
Week Lecture
Introduction to the course materials
1 Course breakdown
Course curriculum
Introduction to the cell

2 Eukaryotic and prokaryotic cell differences
The organelles found in prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells
Cellular differentiation
From single cell to multicellular organisms

3
Model organisms
* Assignment 1
Programmed cell death (PCD)

4 The evolutionary origin
Other ways of cell death other than PCD
Function of PCD
Page 314 of 407

Targets of cell death

5 Defective apoptotic pathways implication in diseases
Quiz 1
Mechanisms of drug action and resistance

Focusing on anti-malarials
6
7&8 MIDTERM EXAMS
9 Tissue engineering
Approaches of tissue engineering
Concepts of mammalian cell culture

Applications of cell culture
10 Culture of non-mammalian cells
Organ culture
*Assignment 2
Regulation of gene expression

11 Anti-sense technology
Ribozyme technology
Quiz 2
12 Regulation of gene expression

RNA interference
13 Revision
14 FINAL TERM EXAMS

*The subject of the assignments and projects are defined by the instructor.

B.1 Lectures, active learning, discussions, and integrating technology.
B.2 Discussions, and active learning.
Page 315 of 407

C.1 Case studies and cooperative learning.

C.2 Lectures, case studies, and cooperative learning.
D.1 Cooperative learning and integrating technology
As part of the MSA standard policies, any student with physical, mental or emotional challenge
receives assistance during provisioned special sessions within the context of the personal tutoring
system.
respect to examinations, attendance, marking and texting proximity assistance is provided in
response to an appropriate notification. Further details and policies can be viewed in students
support handbook.
A.1& Quiz 1 Short Notes Grade N/A Summative Week 5 10 %
C.1 with
feedback 10%
A.2, Quiz 2 Short Notes, Grade N/A Summative Week 11
C.2 & MCQs with
D.1 feedback
A.2 Assignment Explain……. Grade N/A Summative Week 3
1 10 %
B.2 Assignment Evaluate….. Grade N/A Summative Week 10 10 %
2
A.1, Midterm Essay Grade 10 Summative Week 7 20 %
A.2, Exam Questions and &8
A.3, Diagrams
B.1 &
B.2
A1, Final Exam Essay Letter 12 Summative Week 13 40%
A.2, Questions, grading
B.1, Diagrams.
C.1,
C.2 &
D.1
Total 100%
1. Notes Powerpoint presentation prepared by the lecturer
Page 316 of 407


Pörtner, R. (2007). Animal cell biotechnology. Totowa: Humana
Press
3. Suggested Reference Freshney, R. (2010). Culture of animal cells. Hoboken, New Jersey:
Books Wiley-Blackwell.
4. Suggested Periodicals/ Journal of Animal Science and Biotechnology, Nature

Journals
5. Useful Websites NCBI
10. Banner Data

Linked Course N/A
11. KIS Data
Practical Work 0 0%
Tutorials 0 0%
Total 2 100%
Page 317 of 407

1. Course Data
Course Code: RS_400
Course Title Research Project
Course Level: 3 4 5 6 √ 7 Year 4/Sem 1
study:
Pre-requisite/s SEM_302 & a completion of 115 Credit Hours
2. Aims/Objectives:
The course aims to enable students to undertake a research project in an area of biotechnology, ensuring
the development of laboratory skills, and the necessary independence in the design, and execution of
experiments. This is in addition to demonstrating their ability to present, interpret and discuss research
results. The first goal of the course is to help students understand the nature of the research process. The
second goal of the course is to help students learn how to confidently and systematically complete their
thesis project. This is principally meant to be a hands-on and interactive course rather than a reading and
lecture course.
1. Techniques applicable to completing research studies.
2. Selecting new topics through execution of investigative research
experiments.
B. Cognitive Skills 1. Analyze the results of a new search and interpret the appropriate results
into a research project or manuscript to be presented
2. Design appropriate experimental or data collection techniques.
C. Professional Skills 1. Criticize and assess research results and the work of others i.e. published
material.
2. Produce a detailed and structured report on the project.
Page 318 of 407
RS400, RESEARCH PROJECT, 2017 FACULTY OF BIOTECHNOLOGY
D. General and 1. Demonstrate searching, writing and problem-solving skills.

Communication 2. Communicate effectively in oral or written form.
Skills 3. Manage time, tasks and resources effectively.
4. Indicative Content: ILOs

Email Students welcoming them to the Research Projects and C.1, D.2
Sending in the host Places and their capacity, along with the
specified due date and time for receiving requests, with three
options.
Email Students with their placements in addition to their C.1, D.2
supervisor’s contact details, instructions for conduct, publication
requirements, and progression, and their meeting with the Dean and
Ethics Committee.
Informing the students about the grading system, evaluation, course A.1, A.2, C.1, D.2
materials and course resources, Outline for Proposal, Risk
Assessment; Email Students with the due date of sending in their
topics before their meeting
Supervision is arranged to ensure that the student progresses at an A.1, B.1, B.2, A.2
appropriate pace through his/her project and also draws upon his/her
own initiative and store of relevant knowledge, Distribute
Handbook, Receipt.
Meetings with Supervisors recorded within the record of Meetings A.1
Outline for choosing a topic and gathering information about that B.1, B.2
topic.
Guidelines to reading research articles and papers; Guidelines for B.1, B.2
Experimental Designs and the scientific Method.
Follow Up at least once every two weeks to discuss progression of C.1, C.2
students
Send Email with Due Dates For: Turnitin Submission; Thesis C.1, C.2, D.1, D.2
Submission; Presentation Submission; Photos and statements about
their host places
Assessments and Activities D.1, C.1
Week Content Tutorial Content
Informing the students about the grading

system, evaluation, course materials and
1 course resources, Outline for Proposal, Risk
Assessment; Email Students with the due date
of sending in their topics before their meeting.
Page 319 of 407

Supervision is arranged to ensure that the Meeting with External Supervisor to arrange for
student progresses at an appropriate pace practical sessions.
2&3 through his/her project and also draws upon
his/her own initiative and store of relevant
knowledge, Distribute Handbook, Receipt
Meetings with Supervisors recorded within Practical Session at Host Institute (Inside or
4&5
the record of Meetings Outside the faculty)
7&8 MIDTERM EXAMS
9
Feedback on Submitted Drafts
10
11
12 the record of Meetings Outside the faculty)
Submission on Final Draft & Portfolios
14&15
16 FINAL EXAMS
Page 320 of 407

16, Evaluation of the Students’ Presentation by Evaluation of the Students’ Presentation by

external examiners external examiners
17, or
18
A.1 Guided Independent Study, interactive learning
A.2 Presentation, interactive learning, videos, Hand out/ Practical Lab
B.1 Active learning/ Guided Independent Study
B.2 Active learning/ Hand out/ Practical Lab
C.2 Hand out /Practical Lab/ Active learning/ Presentation
D.1 Active learning, Rehearsals and discussions with Instructors
D.2 Active learning and discussions with Instructors
D.3 Active learning and Rehearsals

- Students with any physical challenges which make their participation in practical activities
difficult are helped by a TA or a technician. In such cases the Hosting institute is usually within
the well-equipped faculty; which can accommodate any physical challenges.
- Students with difficulty preparing or presenting their work are helped by T.As.

-Lecture rooms with data show and chairs or tables for students with physical challenges are
required during scheduled sessions or final presentations.
- Well-equipped computer labs and trained technicians, appropriate lab facilities.
-Classrooms for tutorials with appropriate internet connection.

A. 1, 2 Lab A form that is Letter Summative Weekly till 25%
B. 1 Performance filled by the Grade with final
external Feedback submission
supervisor who
Page 321 of 407
oversaw the
practical
session.
C. 2 Lab Book Following a Letter Summative Week 7, 5%
D. 1, 2 standardized Grade with 16
format that is Feedback
assessed twice
during the term
A. 1, 2 Ethics & Standardized Letter Summative Week 7&8 5%
B. 1 Follow-Up forms and Grade with
Submission proposal Feedback
Forms formats that are
prepared,
revised and
submitted
C. 1, 2, Presentation Assessed by Letter Summative Week 15%
D.3 Session three different Grade with 17&18
evaluators, two Feedback
of which are
external
examiners
A. 1, 2, Thesis Rubric, Written Letter Summative Week 50%
B. 1, 2, Submission Report Grade 16&17
D.1
Total 100%

1. Notes Handouts of RS400
2. Course Textbook http://e-learning.msa.edu.eg
3. Suggested Reference Topic Related Literature
Books
5. Useful Websites http://www.ldeo.columbia.edu/~martins/sen_sem/thesis_org.html
http://www.unl.edu/gradstudies/current/degrees/guidelines
http://aec.ifas.ufl.edu/media/aecifasufledu/formsdocs/undergraduate/AEC-
UG-Thesis-Guidelines-20112.pdf
11. Banner Data
Page 322 of 407


Effective Start Date Before first day of classes
Linked Course N/A
12. KIS Data

Tutorials 0 0%
Practical Sessions 5 71.4
Total 7 100%
Page 323 of 407

1. Course Data
Course Code: RS_401
Course Title Research Project
Course Level: 3 4 5 6 √ 7 Year/Sem: Year
4/Sem 2
study:
Pre-requisite/s RS_400
2. Aims/Objectives:
The course aims to enable students to undertake a research project in an area of biotechnology, ensuring
the development of laboratory skills, and the necessary independence in the design, and execution of
experiments. This is in addition to demonstrating their ability to present, interpret and discuss research
results. The first goal of the course is to help students understand the nature of the research process. The
second goal of the course is to help students learn how to confidently and systematically complete their
thesis project. This is principally meant to be a hands-on and interactive course rather than a reading and
lecture course.
1. Techniques applicable to completing research studies.
2. Selecting new topics through execution of investigative research
experiments.
B. Cognitive Skills 1. Analyze the results of a new search and interpret the appropriate results
into a research project or manuscript to be presented
2. Design appropriate experimental or data collection techniques.
C. Professional 1. Criticize and assess research results and the work of others i.e. published
Skills material.
Page 324 of 407

2. Produce a detailed and structured report on the project.

D. General and 1. Demonstrate searching, writing and problem-solving skills.
Communication 2. Communicate effectively in oral or written form.
Skills 3. Manage time, tasks and resources effectively.
4. Indicative Content: ILOs

Email Students welcoming them to the Research Projects and C.1, D.2
Sending in the host Places and their capacity, along with the
specified due date and time for receiving requests, with three
options.
Email Students with their placements in addition to their C.1, D.2
supervisor’s contact details, instructions for conduct, publication
requirements, and progression, and their meeting with the Dean and
Ethics Committee.
Informing the students about the grading system, evaluation, course A.1, A.2, C.1, D.2
materials and course resources, Outline for Proposal, Risk
Assessment; Email Students with the due date of sending in their
topics before their meeting
Supervision is arranged to ensure that the student progresses at an A.1, B.1, B.2, A.2
appropriate pace through his/her project and also draws upon his/her
own initiative and store of relevant knowledge, Distribute
Handbook, Receipt.
Meetings with Supervisors recorded within the record of Meetings A.1
Outline for choosing a topic and gathering information about that B.1, B.2
topic.
Guidelines to reading research articles and papers; Guidelines for B.1, B.2
Experimental Designs and the scientific Method.
Follow Up at least once every two weeks to discuss progression of C.1, C.2
students
Send Email with Due Dates For: Turnitin Submission; Thesis C.1, C.2, D.1, D.2
Submission; Presentation Submission; Photos and statements about
their host places
Assessments and Activities D.1, C.1
Week Content Practical Content
Informing the students about the grading

system, evaluation, course materials and
1 course resources, Outline for Proposal,
Risk Assessment; Email Students with the
due date of sending in their topics before
Page 325 of 407

their meeting.
Supervision is arranged to ensure that the Meeting with External Supervisor to arrange for
student progresses at an appropriate pace practical sessions.
through his/her project and also draws
2&3
upon his/her own initiative and store of
relevant knowledge, Distribute Handbook,
Receipt
4&5
7&8 MIDTERM EXAMS
9
10
11
Submission on Final Draft & Portfolios
Page 326 of 407

14&15
16 FINAL EXAMS
16, Evaluation of the Students’ Presentation by Evaluation of the Students’ Presentation by

external examiners external examiners
17, or 18
A.1 Guided Independent Study, interactive learning
A.2 Presentation, interactive learning, videos, Hand out/ Practical Lab
B.1 Active learning/ Guided Independent Study
B.2 Active learning/ Hand out/ Practical Lab
C.2 Hand out /Practical Lab/ Active learning/ Presentation
D.1 Active learning, Rehearsals and discussions with Instructors
D.2 Active learning and discussions with Instructors
D.3 Active learning and Rehearsals

- Students with any physical challenges which make their participation in practical activities
difficult are helped by a TA or a technician. In such cases the Hosting institute is usually within
the well-equipped faculty; which can accommodate any physical challenges.
- Students with difficulty preparing or presenting their work are helped by T.As.

-Lecture rooms with data show and chairs or tables for students with physical challenges are
required during scheduled sessions or final presentations.
- Well-equipped computer labs and trained technicians, appropriate lab facilities.
-Classrooms for tutorials with appropriate internet connection.
Page 327 of 407


A. 1, 2 Lab A form that is Letter Summative Weekly till 25%
B. 1 Performance filled by the Grade with final
external Feedback submission
supervisor who
oversaw the
practical
session.
C. 2 Lab Book Following a Letter Summative Week 7, 5%
D. 1, 2 standardized Grade with 16
format that is Feedback
assessed twice
during the term
A. 1, 2 Ethics & Standardized Letter Summative Week 7&8 5%
B. 1 Follow-Up forms and Grade with
Submission proposal Feedback
Forms formats that are
prepared,
revised and
submitted
C. 1, 2, Presentation Assessed by Letter Summative Week 15%
D.3 Session three different Grade with 17&18
evaluators, two Feedback
of which are
external
examiners
A. 1, 2, Thesis Rubric, Written Letter Summative Week 50%
B. 1, 2, Submission Report Grade 16&17
D.1
Total 100%

A. Notes Handouts of RS400
B. Course Textbook http://e-learning.msa.edu.eg
C. Suggested Topic Related Literature
Reference Books
D. Suggested Topic Related Literature
Periodicals/
Journals
Page 328 of 407

E. Useful Websites http://www.ldeo.columbia.edu/~martins/sen_sem/thesis_org.html

http://www.unl.edu/gradstudies/current/degrees/guidelines
http://aec.ifas.ufl.edu/media/aecifasufledu/formsdocs/undergraduate/AEC-
UG-Thesis-Guidelines-20112.pdf
11. Banner Data


Effective Start Date Before first day of classes
Linked Course N/A
12. KIS Data

Tutorials 0 0%
Practical Sessions 5 71.4
Total 7 100%
Course Instructor: Prof. Ayman Diab
Page 329 of 407

ELECTIVE COURSES
Page 330 of 407

1. Course Data
Programme Code(s) BSc.Hons. Biotechnology (P11493)
Course Code: BT304
Course Title Food Biotechnology
Course Leader Dr. Mohamed Maged
Course Level: 3 4 5 6 √ 7 Year3 or 4 /sem1 or 2
study:
Pre-requisite/s MB102, BT203
2. Aims/Objectives:
The aim of this course is to develop deeper understanding of next wave of biotechnology crops, involving
improvements in food quality and safety and how to provide consumers with foods designed specifically
to be healthier and more nutritious. To introduce many ways of how to improve the processing of raw
materials into final products: natural flavors and colors; and new production aids, such as enzymes and
emulsifiers. To understand the factors that will improve the quality, nutritional value and safety of the
crop plants and animal products; that are the basis of the food industry. To emphasize the value of
economic impact of commercial-scale production of the natural and highly marketable biotechnological
products.
1- The structure and function of microbes and their relevance in
production of useful fermentation products.
2- The fundamental and applied research across food processing
categories (dairy, sea food, bakery, vegetables groups…etc).
3- The food industry processes and regulations.
B. Cognitive Skills 1- Employ and assess quality control scheme(s) in production of
food biotech products
2- Develop enhanced and acceptable food products.
C. Professional 1- Design a laboratory process to improve raw materials.
Page 331 of 407
BT310, HOST PLANT RESISTANT, 2017 FACULTY OF BIOTECHNOLOGY
Skills 2- Utilize industrial standards in improving food fermenters.

3- Differentiate among the types of food additives and processing
aids.
4- Operate economically and environmentally sustainable food.
D. General and 1- Conduct basic and applied research that provides fundamental
Communication knowledge about food systems.
Skills 2- Address the needs of the food technology profession and our
industry stakeholders.
3- Generate economically and environmentally sustainable food
processing as the result of research and education.
Introduction to food biotechnology. D1, D2 Identification of the D1
nutrition values in different
food products
Health and nutritional benefits. A3, B2 The fundamental chemical C2
properties and reactions of
foods.
Improving the Raw Materials. C1 Different types of raw food C2
materials
Safety of the Raw Materials. A2, Tips on the raw materials safety C4
A3, C2
Improving Food Fermenters. A3, C2, Identification of different types C2
of fermenters
Product Quality. B1, D2 Classification of microbes that A1, C4
are used in food processing
Food processing and quality B1, C4, Classification of additives and A2,
D3 enhancers. B2,C3,
D2
Food Additives and Processing Aids. B2, C3 Standards of products quality A3, D3
(national and international)
Food Safety Testing. A3, analytical techniques associated B2,C4
D3, with food industry
Page 332 of 407

1st week - Introduction to the course materials - Introduction to course material
2nd week - The nutrition values of different food - Identification of the important
varieties and what is expected to be microorganisms in foods, and the
added by biotechnology. conditions under which they grow to
control spoilage and maintain the safety of
foods.
3rd week - The chemical, biochemical, - Analytical techniques associated with food
microbiological, engineering and to be able to select the appropriate method
sensory analysis principles to when presented with a practical problem.
develop foods that are safe, - * Report 1
nutritious, and flavorful.
- * Assignment 1
4th week - The major chemical reactions that - Introduce traditional and new types of
limit shelf life and how to control packaging materials, closures, and delivery
and modify the chemical and systems.
physical properties of food.
5th week - The relationship of chemical markers - Design, collect, and analyze experimental
and key chemical compounds that data to compare competitive products to
relate flavor and color attributes to assure quality and to track food appearance,
thermal processing, oxidative flavor and textural changes over shelf life
changes, and product quality.
6th week - Revision - Revision and midterm quiz
7th & 8th

week MIDTERM EXAMS
9th week - The material and energy balances in - Chosen case study to be simulated
food processing systems, unit performed and discussed (teamwork).
operations in food processing.
10th week - Human sensory systems, and the - Distinguish between different types of food
Page 333 of 407

inherent variability in human additives and processing aids

perception and judgment.
11th week - The principles of Hazard Analysis of - Write technical reports and make
Critical Control Points (HACCP) to formal and informal presentations,
ensure safe processing of these and communicating scientific knowledge to
other foods. both a technical and non-technical
audience.
12th week - The principles behind analytical - Revision checking the portfolio
techniques associated with food to - *Report 2
- be selected
- * Assignment 2
13th week - The governmental regulations - Revision

governing the manufacture and sale
of food products.
14th week - Revision - portfolio submission

- Practical Exams
**Each student should submit a lab reports on time.
A.1 Lecture
A2 Lecture
B.1 Lecture and Hands out/ Practical Lab
B2 Lecture and Hands out / Practical Lab
C.1 Hands out / Practical Lab
C.2 Hands out / Practical Lab/ field trip
C.3 Hands out / Practical Lab
C.4 Hands out / Practical Lab / field trip
C.5 Hands out / Practical Lab / field trip
D.1 Presenting selected topics/ projects
Page 334 of 407

D.2 Presenting selected topics/ projects / field trip

- Students with poor self-esteem are continuously encouraged and a positive feedback on their progress is
information clearly and deal with their discomfort and Active learning/ Moodle could be of great for those
students.
- Students any physical disability or transient cases which make their participation in practical activities
difficult will be helped by a TAs or a technician.
- Students with poor computer skills or difficulty preparing or presenting their work will be assured and
- Lecture rooms with data show and chairs or tables for students with difficulty.
- Trained TAs and Technicians to help students with physical disability. Virtual labs are available for
some units to help those students
A.1 Assignment Reflection / Marks Summative Week 3 7.5%
reporting with
midterm Short Notes/ Essay Marks feedback Week 7 20%
questions
A.2 Assignment Short Notes/ Essay Marks Summative Week 7.5%
questions with 12
feedback
B.1 Lab report Perform Marks Summative Week 3
experiment, with
2.5%
analyze results and feedback
write a lab report
B.2 Mid-term Write on selected Marks Summative Week 20%
topic with 11
feedback
C.1 Lab Identifications and Marks Summative Week 3 2.5%
midterm comparisons with
quiz feedback
Final Short Notes, Essay letters Summative Week 2.5%
Page 335 of 407

procedures.
C.2 Final Short Notes, Essay Letter Summative Week 2.5%

practical questions, Grading with 14
procedures.
C.3 Final Short Notes, Essay Letter Summative Week 5%
Practical questions, Grading with 14
procedures.
C.4 Final Short Notes, Essay Letter Summative Week 5%
Practical questions, Grading with 14
procedures.
D1 project Rubric Marks Summative Week 5%
with 14
feedback
A1,A2B1,B2, Final Essay Questions, Letter Summative Week 40%
D2 Exam: case study, Grading with 16
Diagrams. feedback
Total 100%
2. Course Textbook Shetty, K. Food Biotechnology. Taylor & Francis. Latest Edition
3. Suggested Food Biotechnology: A Communicator’s Guide to Improving

Reference Books Understanding. International Food Information Council Foundation
3rd edition.
http://www.foodinsight.org/sites/default/files/Biotech-Comms-
Guide_2013.pdf
4. Suggested - Food Science and Biotechnology
Periodicals/ - Journal of Food Biotechnology Researc
Journals - Journal of Bioprocessing & Biotechniques
- Journal of Food & Industrial Microbiology
- Journal of Nutrition & Food Sciences
5. Useful Websites https://www.FAO.org
http://www.FDA.gov
Page 336 of 407

https://www.biomedcentral.com/collections/food-biotech
http://www.eufic.org/en/food-production/article/modern-biotechnology-in-
food-what-is-food-biotechnology
https://www.thebalance.com/food-biotechnology-375627
11. Banner Data
Replacement for existing course? Yes No √

Transfer students to new course? Yes √ No
Term of Delivery Fall / Spring
Linked Course N/A
12. KIS Data
Tutorials 0 0%
Total 4 100%
Course Instructor: Dr. Mohamed Maged
Page 337 of 407

1. Course Data
Programme Code(s) BSc.Hons. Biotechnology (P11493)
Course Code: BT310
Course Title Host Plant Resistance
Course Leader Dr.Osama Saad
Course Level: 3 4 5 √ 6 7 Year3 or 4 /sem1 or 2
study:
Pre-requisite/s MB102, GEN201
2. Aims/Objectives:
The aim of this course is to provide origins of agriculture and crops evaluation. To develop deeper
understanding about plant – arthropod/pathogen interactions. The course explains the knowledge about
plant breeding programs and germplasm collections. Moreover, the course will highlight the use of the
molecular pathology of some common plant diseases and how to formulate molecular breeding programs
of treatment of plant diseases and pest resistant.
1. The distinguished origins of agriculture and crops and their evolution.
2- Host plant resistance in economic crops.
B. Cognitive Skills 1- Apply biotechnology techniques to track the interaction between plant and
pathogens and pests.
2- Modify the plants genetically to produce resistant crops using different plant
transformation strategies.
C. Professional 1- Manipulate molecular crop breeding programs against pests and pathogens.
Skills 2- Differentiate among insect, bacterial, fungal and viral diseases.
3- Utilize the principles of molecular biology and tissue culture techniques
tools to overcome pathogens and pest resistant.
4- Articulate the concepts of reverse genetics, genetic and physical makers,
mapping, and plant genome analysis to produce transgenic plants.
Page 338 of 407
5- Evaluate the HPR (Host Plant Resistance) programmes comparing to the

IPM (Integrated Pest Management) programmes.
D. General and 1- Appraise the crop genome sequencing initiatives and analysis of the
Communication published information regarding model plants genome sequencing.
Skills 2- Manage a consortium to develop variable germplasm banks (nationally and
internationally).
1. Origin of agriculture and crop A1 1. Identification for plant A1
evolution. bacterial diseases symptoms
2. Basics of plant breeding and using of A2, C1 2. Identification for plant viral C1, C2
biotechnology tools in plant tolerance and fungal diseases
and resistance. symptoms
3. Plant diseases symptoms and the C2 3. Arthropods taxonomy C2
plant pathogen interaction
4. Arthropod – plant interaction. A1, C2 4. Conventional plant A2, C3,
breeding programmes C4
(overview)
5. Molecular breeding for disease and A2, C3, 5. Molecular plant breeding C3, C4
nematode resistance in important C4 programmes (overview)
crops
6. GM plants production to improve the A2, B2, 6. Evaluation of transgenic B2, C3
crop quantity and quality. C3 plants (post
transformation processes
and analysis)
7. Some case studies detailing the B2, C5, 7. Case studies in field trips C2, C3
molecular breeding for some D1
common crops diseases.
8. Introducing germplasm banks D2 8. Visiting to the national C5
germplasm bank
1st week - Introduction to the course materials - Introduction to course material

Page 339 of 407
2nd - Origin of agriculture and crop - Identification for plant bacterial diseases
week evolution. symptoms (Virtual / Live Specimens)
3rd - Basics of plant breeding and using of - Identification for plant viral and fungal
week biotechnology tools in plant diseases symptoms (Virtual / Live Specimens)
tolerance and resistance. - Report 1
- * Assignment 1
4th - Plant pathogen interactions and plant - Insects classifications and life cycles
week insects’ interactions
5th - Plant resistance levels and strategies - Field trip (plant pathology institute)
week
6th - Revision - Midterm quiz

week
7th &
8th MIDTERM EXAMS
week
9th - Insects taxonomy and their economic - Plant breeding simulation (different
week value (benefits and harmful) programmes) 1/2
10th - Plant transformation strategies and - Plant breeding simulation (different

week the ethical concept about the GMOs programmes) 2/2
11th - Germplasm banks construction, - Field trip (National germplasm bank)

week characterizations, and importance
12th - Case studies of IPM systems - Revision checking the portfolio

week compared to HPR ones. - Report 2
- * Assignment 2
13th - Debating about the GMOs and - Revision

week their roles in crops qualities and
yield.
14th - Revision - portfolio submission

week - Practical Exams
Page 340 of 407

15th FINAL TERM EXAMS

week
**Each student should submit reports on time.
A.1 Lecture
A2 Lecture
B.1 Lecture and Hand out/ Practical Lab
B2 Lecture and Hand out/ Practical Lab
C.2 Hand out/ Practical Lab/ field trip
C.4 Hand out/ Practical Lab / field trip
C.5 Hand out/ Practical Lab / field trip
D.1 Presenting selected topics/ projects
D.2 Presenting selected topics/ projects / field trip

- Students with poor self-esteem are continuously encouraged and a positive feedback on their progress is
information clearly and deal with their discomfort and Active learning/ Moodle could be of great for those
students.
- Students any physical disability or transient cases which make their participation in practical activities
difficult will be helped by a TAs or a technician.
- Students with poor computer skills or difficulty preparing or presenting their work will be assured and

- Lecture rooms with data show and chairs or tables for students with difficulty.
- Trained TAs and Technicians to help students with physical disability. Virtual labs are available for
some units to help those students
Page 341 of 407


A.1 Assignment Reflection / Marks Summative Week 3 7.5%
reporting with
midterm Short Notes/ Marks feedback Week 7 20%
Essay questions
A.2 Assignment Short Notes/ Marks Summative Week 12 7.5%
Essay questions with
feedback
B.1 Lab report Perform Marks Summative Week 3
experiment, with
analyze results feedback 2.5%
and write a lab
report
B.2 Mid-term Write on selected Marks Summative Week 11 20%
topic with
feedback
C.1 Lab Identifications Marks Summative Week 3 2.5%
midterm and comparisons with
quiz feedback
Final Short Notes, letters Summative Week 14 2.5%
Practical Essay questions, with
procedures.
C.2 Final Short Notes, Letter Summative Week 14 2.5%
practical Essay questions, Grading with
procedures.
C.3 Final Short Notes, Letter Summative Week 14 5%
Practical Essay questions, Grading with
procedures.
C.4 Final Short Notes, Letter Summative Week 14 5%
Practical Essay questions, Grading with
procedures.
D1 project Rubric Marks Summative Week 14 5%
with
feedback
Page 342 of 407

A1,A2B1,B2, Final Essay Questions, Letter Summative Week 16 40%

D2 Exam: case study, Grading with
Diagrams. feedback
Total 100%

2. Course Textbook Panda, N. Host Plant Resistance to Insects. CABI. Latest Edition
3. Suggested tout M., Davis J. (2009) Keys to the Increased Use of Host Plant
Reference Books Resistance in Integrated Pest Management. In: Peshin R., Dhawan A.K.
(eds) Integrated Pest Management: Innovation-Development Process.
Springer, Dordrecht
4. Suggested - Crop Sciences
Periodicals/ - Molecular breeding
Journals - Molecular plant pathology
- Journal of Integrated Pest Management
http://www.eagri.org/eagri50/ENTO232/lec16.pdf
https://www.ars.usda.gov/midwest-area/west-lafayette-in/crop-production-
and-pest-control-research/docs/host-plant-resistance-to-insects-laboratory/
http://www.fao.org/agriculture/crops/thematic-sitemap/theme/pests/ipm/en/
11. Banner Data


Transfer students to new course? Yes √ No
Page 343 of 407

Term of Delivery Fall / Spring
Linked Course N/A
12. KIS Data

Tutorials 0 0%
Total 4 100%
Page 344 of 407

1. Course Data
Course Code: BT311
Course Title Bioremediation
Course Leader Dr. Ali Diab

study:
Pre-requisite/s BT306
2. Aims/Objectives:
The aim of this course is to give the ability to the students for recognition of the basics of
Bioremediation as the applications of living organisms (e.g. plants and microorganisms) to
remediate contaminated soils and waters .moreover for degradation toxic compounds to less
toxic or non-toxic compounds such as plants can uptake or immobilize toxic contaminants to
prevent pollutants from entering non-contaminated areas. The course allow the students to have
an overview of the bioremediation process; the typical bioremediation strategies for
contaminated environment; the applications of bioremediation technologies; the factors that
influence the bioremediation rates; and success cases in the application of bioremediation
technology to contaminated sites.

Understanding:
Page 345 of 407
BT311, BIOREMEDIATION, 2017 FACULTY OF BIOTECHNOLOGY
and comprehension of:
1. Identify the pollutants that are of greatest concern and describe

the principles of various physical and chemical remediation
technologies and relate selection of these technologies to the
properties of contaminants.
2. Determine the requirements for site characterization, Explain the
relevance to selection of appropriate remediation strategies, and
determine when bioremediation is an appropriate technology and
its advantages and limitations.
3. Describe the interactions between contaminants, soil, and
presence of a NAPL phase, water and microorganisms and
explain how these impact the fate of the contaminant and its
bioavailability for biodegradation.
4. Explain the application of cultivable and non-cultivable
techniques for bioassessment and biotreatability studies.
B. Cognitive Skills 1. Apply bioremediation in the field
2. Demonstration the limitations to bioremediation
3. Use of microbial inoculants for bioremediation
4. Assess the potential and success for bioremediation
C. Professional Skills 1. Develop experience of current scientific methodologies
appropriate to scientific researches
2. Assess some experiments used in microbial environmental
applications
D. General and 1. Demonstrate their skills on the E – Learning.
Skills
Page 346 of 407

1. Process of bioremediation A1 , A2 1. General Introduction about A1,A2,A3,A4,B1,

the labs & Lab Safety B2,B3&B4
Rules
2. Hazardous pollutants A1 , A2 2. Important terms of the B1, C1, D1
course & memory
refreshing about the
microbiological
techniques.
3. Methods of Wastewater A1 A,2 3. Analysis of different B2 & B3, C2,
treatment contaminated water
samples
4. Bioremediation of A1 A,2 4. Biosurfactant detection & B2 , B3, C1
wastewater isolation
5. Bioremediation of A1 ,A 2 , 5. Determine the B2,B3,C1& C2
contaminated soil A3 Biosurfactant activities
6. in situ bioremediation of A2 ,A3, 6. Estimation the oil B2,B3,C1& C2
soil A4 concentration in
contaminated soil samples.
7. Ex situ bioremediation of A2, A 3 , 7. Petroleum hydrocarbon B4, C1,C2
soil fractionation using
A4
coloumns.
8. Treatment of common A2, A3 , 8. Studying the effect of B2,B3,C1& C2
contaminants nutrients to the microbial
A4
activities for contamination
treatments.
Page 347 of 407

1 Process of bioremediation General Introduction about the labs &

Lab Safety Rules
Hazardous pollutants Important terms of the course & memory
2 refreshing about the microbiological

techniques.
*Assignment 1P
Methods of Wastewater treatment Analysis of different contaminated water

3 Assignment 1T “Due date week 6” samples
❖ Quiz 1T
4 Bioremediation of wastewater Biosurfactant detection & isolation
Bioremediation of contaminated Determine the Biosurfactant activities

5 soil
❖ Quiz 2T
in situ bioremediation of soil Estimation the oil concentration in

6 ❖ Submission of Assignment contaminated soil samples.
1T on turnitin
❖ Quiz 2
7&8 MIDTERM EXAMS
Ex situ bioremediation of soil Petroleum hydrocarbon fractionation

9 using coloumns.
*Assignment 2
Treatment of common Studying the effect of nutrients to the

10 contaminants microbial activities for contamination
treatments.
Page 348 of 407

Quiz 3T
Bioremediation in practice Discussion all pervious assignments &

11 Model answers of the Quizzes
❖ Submission of Assignment
2T on turnitin
12
Discussion all pervious assignments • Portfolio submission
& Model answers of the Quizzes
• Final lab exam
13 Revision
14 FINAL TERM EXAMS
A (1,2,3,4) Flipped class room, Power point Presentations, Assignments, Open
quizzes
B (1,2,3,4) Power point Presentations , Practical experiments , assimilation videos, self
C(1,2) Turnitin Assignments & Practical (Lab) Working
D (1,2) Moodle and Practical (Lab) Working

Page 349 of 407

great help for those students. Students with any physical disability or transient cases which make
their participation in practical activities difficult will be helped by a teaching assistant or a
technician.

Autoclave
Culturing hood
cultural media
Contaminated soil & water samples with oil.
Microphone

k
A.1,2 Quiz 1 T Short Notes Marks NA Summative Week 5%
with 3
Feedback
A1,2,3 Quiz 2 T Essay Marks NA Summative Week 2.5%
Questions with 5
Feedback
A.1,2,3,4&D2 Quiz 3 T MCQs / Marks NA Summative Week
Moodle with 11
2.5%
Feedback
B.1,C1,D1 Assignment Turnitin Marks NA Summative Week 2.5%
feedback Feedback
Page 350 of 407


feedback Feedback 2.5%
Assignment Turnitin Marks NA Summative Week 2.5%

1P with With 2
feedback feedback
B2,B3 Quiz 1P Essay Marks NA Summative Week

questions with 6 2.5%
Feedback
A1,A2,A4&B Midterm Essay Marks NA Summative Week
1 Exam Questions with 7/8 20%
Feedback
with Feedback
justification
A3,C1&B4 Assignment Turnitin Marks NA Summative Week 2.5%
2P (essay) with with 9
feedback Feedback

Exam Questions with 13
Experiment
s
Total 100%

2. Course On the- Moodle e-learning
Page 351 of 407

Textbook
3. Suggested 1. R. D. Norris, R. E. Hinchee, R. Brown, P. L. McCarty, L. Semprini, J.
T. Wilson, D. H. Kampbell, M. Reinhard, E. J. Bouwer, P. C. Borden,
Reference
T. M. Vogel, J. M. Thomas, C. H. Ward. Handbook of
Books Bioremediation. Lewis, Boca Raton, FL (1993).
4. Suggested
Periodicals/ 1. T. Cairney. Contaminated Land, p. 4, Blackie, London (1993).
Journals 2. R. B. King, G. M. Long, J. K. Sheldon. Practical
Environmental Bioremediation: The Field Guide, 2nd ed.,
Lewis, Boca Raton, FL (1997).
3. National Research Council. In Situ Bioremediation: When
Does It Work?, National Academy Press, Washington, DC
(1993).
5. Useful http://www.bioversio.lt/en/products/oil-contamination-
Websites treatment/?gclid=CjsKDwjw5arMBRDz9cK2uen9ORIkAAqmJezpRhez5
http://ei.cornell.edu/biodeg/bioremed/
11. Banner Data

Course Status Core Option

Transfer students to new course? Yes No √
Page 352 of 407


Linked Course N/A
12. KIS Data

Tutorials 1 25%
Total 4 100%
Course Instructor: Prof. Ali Diab
Page 353 of 407

1. Course Data
Course Code: BT306
Course Title Environmental for Biotechnology
Course Leader Dr. Ali Diab
study:
Pre-requisite/s MB102
2. Aims/Objectives:
The main aim of the Environmental course is to introduce the students to the applications of
biotechnology in management of environmental problems. It aims to increase the students’
awareness about the principles of biotechnology for enhanced plant production, pollution
control, and bioremediation of toxicants and treatment of domestic and industrial wastes.
Furthermore, this course provides the students with skills to identify different soil, water and air
micro flora and to understand mining microbiology.
1. Describe and explain the impact of pollution on the environment

and how it affects the world’s renewable sources of energy.
2. Discuss the importance of environmental biotechnology in the
Page 354 of 407

BT306, ENVIRONMENTAL BIOTECHNOLOGY 2017 FACULTY OF BIOTECHNOLOGY
field of agriculture by understanding the role of bioinsecticides,

biofungicides, and biofertilizers.
3. Discover the different preparation methods and applications of
biofuel.
B. Cognitive Skills 1. Doing Isolation and culturing different microorganisms used in
different waste treatment processes.
2. Design an experiment to apply the principle of bioremediation.
3. Explore the problems associated with sulphur oxidation and
sulphur producing bacteria.
4. Critically analyse the impact of methane and other greenhouse
gases on the ozone
C. Professional 1. Develop experience of current scientific methodologies
Skills appropriate to scientific researches
2. Compare and contrast between bioremediation and
phytoremedation and Illustrate their role in removing inorganic
pollutants such as heavy metals.
D. General and 1. Demonstrate their skills on the E – Learning and getting
Skills 2. Show research skills
1. Introduction to the course A1 , 1. General Introduction A1,A2,A3,B1,B2,B3&B4
materials and the field of A2 about the Environmental
Environmental Biotechnology laboratory
Biotechnology and lab safety rules
2. Pollution and the A1 , 2. Recap on the aseptic B1, C1, D1
environment A2 technique and different
bacterial culturing
Page 355 of 407

methods
3. The microbial population A1 3. Studying rhizosphere B2 & B3, C2,
of soil A,2 microorganisms
4. Biogeochemical Cycles A1 4. Exploring the role of B2 , B3, C1
A,2 rhizosphere
microorganisms in
nitrogen fixation
5. Mining Microbiology A1 5. Microbial Oxidation of B2,B3,C1& C2
,A 2 metal sulfides
,A3&
B4
6. Bioremediation of A2 6. Antibiotic producing B2,B3,C1, C2 &D2
Hydrocarbon- ,A3 microorganisms
Contaminated Sites
7. Petroleum Hydrocarbon A2, 7. Designing different B4,C1,C2&D2
Composition and A 3 bioremediation strategies
Biodegradation
8. Biosurfactants A2, 8. Detection of active B2,B3,C1& C2
A3 biosurfactants
Introduction to the course materials and Introduction to the laboratory work:
1 grade distribution Introduction to ❖ Coursework breakdown

Environmental Biotechnology ❖ Course curriculum
❖ How to write a lab report**
Page 356 of 407

Pollution and the Environment: Microbial Culturing methods:

- Recognizing the sources of pollutants - Comparing between pour-plate and streak
2 -Comparing and contrasting the effect of plate culturing method
different pollutants on the environment
❖ Assignment 1P
The Microbial Population of Soil: Rhizosphere microorganisms:

-Defining the biosphere and it’s different - Exploring the rhizosphere zone in the
components soil
-Identifying different microbial groups - Comprehending the chemical nature of
3 present in the soil that zone and why it attracts
❖ Assignment 1T microorganisms
❖ Quiz 1T
The Microbial Population of Soil 2: Rhizosphere microorganisms 2:

-Identifying different factors that affect the -Identifying different microorganisms that
4 microbial population live in the rhizoshpere zone
-Comparing between positive and negative - Analyzing the role of rhizosphere
interactions between soil microorganisms organisms in nitrogen fixation
Biogeochemical Cycles: Antibiotic Producing Microorganisms:

- Demonstrating the carbon and nitrogen -Isolation of microorganisms from a soil
cycle sample
5 - Comprehending the role of -Examining the sensitivity of different

microorganisms in nitrogen fixation bacterial strains to different antibiotics by
- Identifying greenhouse gases and measuring the inhibition zones
analyzing their effect on the ozone ❖ Quiz 1P
❖ Quiz 2T
Page 357 of 407

Mining Microbiology Rhizosphere microorganisms 2:

- Critically discussing the process of - Analyzing different factors that
microbial oxidation of metal sulfides could affect the antibiotic production of
- Analyzing the problems associated different bacterial strains.
6 with sulfur oxidation ❖ Assignment 2P

- Comparing and contrasting the
microbial leaching of copper, uranium and
gold.
❖ Submission of Assignment 2T on
turnitin
7&8 MIDTERM EXAMS
Mining Microbiology 2: Microbial Oxidation:

- Comprehending how acidmine drainage - Detecting the problems associated with
9 is formed sulfur oxidation

- Hypothesizing how acidmine drainage -Planning an experiment to understand the
could be controlled mechanism of oxidation of metal sulfides
via microorganisms
Bioremediation of Hydrocarbon Bioremediation:

Contaminated sites: - Aerobic and anaerobic degradation of
-Classifying environmental contaminants organic pollutants
10 (heavy metals, radionuclides, organic and ❖ Quiz 2P

inorganic compounds)
- Comparing different
bioremediation techniques such as
biodegradation, biotransformation, etc..
11 Bioremediation of Hydrocarbon Bioremediation:
Page 358 of 407

Contaminated sites 2: - Use of plants for removal of organic and

-Exploring factors that affect metallic pollutants (phytoremediation)
bioremediation
- Creating the most suitable strategy to
treat different contaminated sites
Biosurfactants: Biosurfactants:
- Classifying biosurfactants according to - Detection of active biosurfactants
their origin produced by different bacterial strains by
12 - Analysing the different properties of the oil displacement method and the plug
biosurfactants method
- Evaluating the different applications of
biosurfactants
❖ Quiz 3T
Petroleum Hydrocarbon Composition ❖ Revision

and Biodegradation:
- Comparing and contrasting the chemical
13 structure of different fractions of

petroleum oil
-Implementing the concept of
biodegradation on n-alkanes and cyclic
alkanes
❖ Revision ❖ Practical Exams

14 ❖ Submission of Assignment 2 on ❖ Portfolio submission
turnitin
15 FINAL TERM EXAMS
Page 359 of 407
quizzes
B (1,2,3,4) Power point Presentations , Practical experiments , assimilation videos, self
C(1,2) Turnitin Assignments & Practical (Lab) Working
D (1,2) Moodle and Practical (Lab) Working

practical activities difficult will be helped by a teaching assistant or a technician.

Autoclave
Culturing hood
cultural media
Contaminated soil samples with oil
Microphone
Page 360 of 407


k
A.1,2 Quiz 1 T Short Notes Marks NA Summative Week 3 5%
with
Feedback
A1,2,3 Quiz 2 T Essay Marks NA Summative Week 5 2.5%
Questions with
Feedback
A.1,2,3,4&D Quiz 3 T MCQs / Marks NA Summative Week
2 Moodle with 11
2.5%
Feedback
B.1,C1,D1 Assignment Turnitin Marks NA Summative Week 6 2.5%
1T (Essay) with with
feedback Feedback
2.5%
feedback Feedback
Assignment Turnitin Marks NA Summative Week 2 2.5%
1P with With
feedback feedback
B2,B3 Quiz 1P Essay Marks NA Summative Week 6
questions with 2.5%
Feedback
A1,A2,B1 Midterm Essay Marks NA Summative Week
Exam Questions with 7/8 20%
Feedback
with Feedback
justification
A3,C1&B4 Assignment Turnitin Marks NA Summative Week 9 2.5%
2P (essay) with with
feedback Feedback
Page 361 of 407

&B4 Exam Questions with 13

Experiment
s
Total 100%

3. Suggested Reference NA
Books
4. Suggested Periodicals/ 1. Khawaji A, Kutubkhanah I, Wie JM (2008) Advances in
Journals seawater desalination technologies. Desalination 221:47-69.
2. Park R, Kim G, Shen L, Hong M, Navarro AE (2014) Batch

adsorption of heavy metals onto chai tea residues for the
bioremediation of contaminated solutions. Current Topics in
Biotechnol 8: 51-62.
3. Zarzar A, Hong M, Llanos B, Navarro AE (2015) Insights

into the eco-friendly adsorption of caffeine from
contaminated solutions by using hydrogel beads. J Environ
Anal Chem 2:4.
4. Japhe T, Paulsingh R, Ko K, Hong J, Navarro AE (2015) Bio-

removal of antibiotics by using biodegradable hydrogel beads
from aqueous solutions. J Environ Sci 1: 1-2.
5. Useful Websites https://www.nature.com/subjects/environmental-biotechnology
http://www.biotechonweb.com/environmental-
biotechnology.html
Page 362 of 407

11. Banner Data


Linked Course N/A
12. KIS Data

Tutorials 0 0%
Total 6 100%
Course Instructor: Prof. Ali Diab
Head of the Academic Department: Prof. Ali Diab
Page 363 of 407

1. Course data:
Course code BT312
Course title DNA Forensics
Leader Dr. Amany Abdel Hakim
Level 3 4 5 ✓ 6 7 Year3 or 4 /sem1 or 2
Credit hours 4
study:
Pre-requisites BT201
2. Aims/Objectives:
The aim of this course is to identify the principles of DNA technology and its applications on
forensic sciences, clarify the terminology and the mail techniques that are used in forensic and
analysis, and to familiarize students with molecular biological tools and techniques used to
perform DNA profiles.
Upon the completion of the course, the students will show knowledge and understanding
of:
1. The scope of forensic biology.

2. The usage of each equipment.
B. Cognitive Skills 1. Apply the primary technique used in Forensic DNA
Page 364 of 407

BT312, DNA FORENSICS, 2017 FACULTY OF BIOTECHNOLOGY
analysis
C. Professional Skills 1. Compile evidences from crime scene with required
precautions.
2. Propose the best technique for the investigation of the
crime.
A.1,
1. Post Mortem Changes 10. Introduction to forensics A.1
C.1
11. Precaution of sample
A.1,
2. Wounds collection and type of A.1, A.2
C.1
samples
A.1,
3. Autopsy A.2, 12. ABO Blood Grouping A.2, B.1
C.1
A.1, 13. RSID Blood Sample
4. Asphyxia A.2, B.1
C.1 Analysis
A.1, 14. Microscopic examination
5. Virginity and Sexual Offenses B.1, C.1
C.1 of the lab
A.2,
B.1,
6. How to Handle a Crime Scene 15. RSID for Semen B.1, C.1
C.1,
D.1
C.1, A.2, C.1,
7. Biological Fluids 16. Crime Scene
C.2 C.2, D.1
B.1,
8. Serology and Forensics C.1,
C.2
B.1,
9. DNA & Forensics C.1,
C.2
10. DNA profiling and short tandem A.2,
repeats B.1
Page 365 of 407

1st week Post Mortem Changes Introduction to forensics
2nd week Precaution of sample collection and type of

Wounds
samples
3rd week Autopsy ABO-Blood Grouping

* Assignment.T1
4th week Asphyxia RSID Blood Sample Analysis

5th week Microscopic Examination of the Lab

Virginity and Sexual Offenses
* Quiz.P1
6th week Field trip to the Medical Forensic Authority

How to handle a crime scene Group 1

weeks
9th week Biological Fluids RSID for Semen

10th week Field trip to the Medical Forensic Authority

Serology and Forensics Group 2
* Quiz.P2
11th week DNA & Forensics Crime Scene

* Quiz.T2
12th week DNA profiling and short tandem Field trip the Medical Forensic Authority
repeats Group 3
13th week Revision Revision
Page 366 of 407
D.1 Providing the opportunity for students to work in groups during the practical
work and field trips

laboratory work.

• Virtual labs.

CILOs Timing Weight
A.1, Short Summative
A.2, Assignment.T1 descriptive Marks with Week 3 2.5%
C.1 note feedback
Summative
A.1,
C.1
feedback
B.1, Assignment.P1 Solving a Marks Summative Week 4 2.5%
Page 367 of 407
C.1, problem with

D.1 feedback
Summative
B.1,
C.1
feedback
A.1,
Essay
A.2, Week
B.1, 7,8
and MCQs
C.1
Summative
C.1, Solve a
Assignment.T2 Marks with Week 9 2.5%
C.2 problem
feedback
A.2,
Summative
C.1, Solving a
Assignment.P2 Marks with Week 9 2.5%
C.2, problem
feedback
D.1
A.2, Summative
Week
C.1, Quiz.P2 Short notes Marks with 2.5%
10
C.2 feedback
B.1, Summative
Week
C.1, Quiz.T2 Short notes Marks with 5%
11
C.2 feedback
A.2, Essay
B.1, Final Practical questions, Week
Marks Summative 15%
C.1, Exam cases, 14
C.2 practical
A.1, Essay
Letter Week
A.2, Final Exam questions, 12 Summative 40%
grading 14
B.1, MCQ,
Page 368 of 407
C.1, cases.
C.2
Total 100%

2. Course Textbook Butler, J. M. (2005). Forensic DNA typing: biology, technology,
and genetics of STR markers. Academic Press.
3. Suggested Rudin, N., & Inman, K. (2001). An introduction to forensic DNA
Reference Books analysis (Vol. 3). CRC press.
4. Suggested Forensic Science International
Periodicals/ Egyptian Journal of Forensic Science
Journals
5. Useful Websites European Network of Forensic Science Institute, (2017). Forensic
Guidlines. Retrieved from http://enfsi.eu/documents/forensic-
guidelines/
11. Banner Data


affected
Page 369 of 407


Term of Delivery Fall/Spring
Linked Course N/A
12. KIS Data

Hours
Tutorials 0 0%
Total 5 100%
Course Instructor: Dr. Amany Abdel Hakim
Page 370 of 407

1. Course Data
Programme BSc.Hons. Biotechnology (P11493)
Code(s)
Course Code: GEN304
Course Title Pharmacogenomics
Credit 4
Units/Hours:
study:
Pre-requisite/s GEN201
2. Aims/Objectives:
The aim of this course is to outline the significance of pharmacogenomics as a rapidly growing
field of biotechnology and to shed the light on the impact of genetics as a tool for personalized
medicine. The course aims to highlight the role of genetic polymorphisms in either enhancing or
decreasing the effects of certain therapeutic drugs. This course also explains the importance of
bridging the gap between basic and applied research

1. The impact of genetic variation in affecting disease susceptibility
as well as drug response.
2. The importance of genomic technologies in drug discovery and
development.
B. Cognitive Skills 1. Assess the database(s) that integrates the genotyping data with
drug response
2. Compare between the key concepts of pharmacokinetics and
pharmacodynamics of drugs.
3. Assess the influence of genomics as a tool used in personalized
Page 371 of 407
GEN304, PHARMACOGENOMICS, 2017 FACULTY OF BIOTECHNOLOGY
medicine.
C. Professional 1. Utilize different predictive genetic tools for testing genetic
Skills diseases and drug response.
2. Assess different examples on the difference of drug response
as a result of inter-ethnic difference.
Communication
Skills
4. Indicative Contents
Introduction to Pharmacogenomics A.1,A.2 Historical Aspects of A.1,A.2

Pharmacogenomics
Human Polymorphisms, frequencies, A.1,A.2 The human genome A.1,A.2

significance and populations.
Basic Pharmacology. B.2 Drug control and A.2

development
Informatics in PGX C.1 Understanding the basics of B.2

drug absorption, distribution,
metabolism and elimination.
Methods for genomic variation discovery C.1,C.2, Drug receptors and biological B.2
& genotyping. B.1 responses
Interethnic Differences in Drug Response A.1,A.2 Pharmacokinetics C.1,C.2
Page 372 of 407

Compare Individual and Ethnic A.1,A.2,B.2 Technologies for the Analysis C.1,C.2,
Differences in Drug metabolism. of Single Nucleotide B.1
Polymorphisms.
Cancer pharmacogenomics and Pathways A.1,A.2 Positional Cloning and C.1,C.2

of drug metabolism. disease gene identification.
Project D.1
1st week Informing students on the course Introduction to the laboratory work.
grading system, evaluation, course
materials and resources.
2nd week Introduction to Historical Aspects of Pharmacogenomics

Pharmacogenomics
3rd week Human Polymorphisms, Understanding of the human genome map

frequencies, significance and and relating genes to traits.
populations.
Quiz1T
4th week Basics of pharmacology Concepts of pharmacogenomics: Basics of

developing and designing new medicines by
setting new therapeutic targets.
5th week Methods for genomic variation

discovery & genotyping. Concepts of pharmacokinetics
Page 373 of 407

6th week Quiz 1P

High throughput methods for
detection of genotyping
Assignment 1T
7th & 8th MIDTERM EXAMS

week
9th week Technologies for the Analysis of Single

Informatics in PGX
Nucleotide Polymorphisms.
10th week Technical advances in molecular diagnostics

Interethnic Differences in
Drug Response techniques
- Quiz 2T
11th week - Compare Individual and Positional Cloning and disease gene
Ethnic Differences in Drug identification.
metabolism..
12th week Assignment 2T Quiz 2P
Quiz 3T
13th week Cancer pharmacogenomics and Revision

Pathways of drug metabolism.
14th week Revision portfolio submission
Practical Exams
**Each student should submit lab report each lab on the previous one.
Page 374 of 407


C.2 Hands out/ Practical Lab

-Students with some physical challenges are met occasionally to ensure that they receive the
practical activities difficult are helped by TAs or technicians


A.1 Quiz 1T Multiple choice, Marks Summative Week 3 2.5%
short notes, with
Midterm Short Notes/ Marks feedback Week 7 5%
Essay questions
A.2 Quiz 2T Multiple choice, Marks Summative Week 2.5%
short notes, with 11
Midterm Short Notes/ Essay Marks feedback Week 7 5%
questions
B.1 Quiz 3T Multiple choice, Marks Summative Week 2.5%
short notes, with 13
Midterm Short notes/ feedback
5%
Essay question
Page 375 of 407
B.2 assignment Write on selected Marks Summative Week 2.5%

topic with 11
Midterm Short notes/ Marks feedback Week 7 5%
Essay question
C.1 Quiz 1P Short Notes Marks Summative Week 3 5%
with
feedback
Final Short Notes, Marks Summative Week 7.5%
Practical Essay questions, with 14
procedures.
C.2 Quiz2P Short Notes Marks Summative Week 5%
with 12
Final Short Notes, Marks feedback Week 7.5%
practical Essay questions, 14
exam Experimental
procedures.
with 14
feedback
A.1,A.2, Final Essay Questions, Letter 12 Summative Week 40%
B.1,B.2 Exam: case study, Grading 16
Diagrams.
Total 100%

A. Notes Power point presentations prepared by lecturer
B. Course Textbook Licinio and M.-L. Wong, (2008). The Search for Individualized
Therapies: Wiley-VCH
C. Suggested Russ B. Altman , David Flockhart, David B. Goldstein, (2012)
Reference Books Principles of pharmacogenetics and pharmacogenomics, New York:
Cambridge university press
D. Suggested The pharmacogenomics journal
Periodicals/
Journals
E. Useful Websites https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/
11. Banner Data
Page 376 of 407


Linked Course N/A
12. KIS Data

Tutorials 0 0%
Total 6 100%
Page 377 of 407

1. Course Data
Programme BSc.Hons. Biotechnology
Code(s)
Course Code: BT309
Course Title Molecular drug design
Credit 4
Units/Hours:
study:
Pre-requisite/s BT201, GEN303
2. Aims/Objectives:
The aim of the molecular drug design course is to increase the awareness of the students
regarding the importance of drug design and gene therapy as a rapidly growing field of
biotechnology. Moreover, this course highlights the importance of genomics, proteomics and
structural information for setting new targets as a step toward discovery of future lead drugs. This
course explains the whole process of drug design which includes, the criteria of choosing a
potential target, the evaluation of target structure and the key questions to consider in selecting
the method of drug discovery.
1- The novel strategies used in drug discovery and design.
2- The role of drug design in gene therapy and antiviral drug discovery.
B. Cognitive Skills 1- Distinguish between different criteria used for selecting an ideal drug
target.
2- Evaluate the potential of a molecule to be a promising therapeutic
chemical drug or gene therapy molecule.
C. Professional 1- Select the best computer aided method to be used in order to get
Skills information about a pathway or a disease.
Page 378 of 407
BT309, MOLECULAR DRUG DESIGN, 2017 FACULTY OF BIOTECHNOLOGY
2- Utilize computer aided drug design method to analyze structure of a

drug.
Communication
skills
4. Indicative Contents:
Modern methods of drug A.1 Concepts of Drug design. A.1

discovery.
The use of screens in drug A.1,B.1 The sequential steps of drug A.1
discovery. discovery process.
Modeling pathways, cells, B.1,B.2,C.1,C.2 Drug pharmacokinetics and A.1,A.2,B.2

whole organs, and diseases. pharmacodynamics.
Database as a foundation for B.1,B.2,C.1,C.2 The main goals of using gene C.1,C.2
systems biology. Expression omnibus.
Use of high-throughput data A.1,A.2,C.1,C.2 How to analyze omnibus data C.1,C.2

in drug discovery. using GEO2R.
Use of chemo-informatics A.2 Studying protein/protein C.1,C.2

for drug design. Different interaction using DIP data base.
encoding methods for
chemical structures.
Pubchem databases and its
applications.
Use of RNA molecules in A.2 Differences between ligand and A.1,C.1,C.2

gene therapy structure based drug design.
Page 379 of 407

Different strategies in the A.2 How to design a pharmacophore A.1,C.1,C.2,D.1

design of antiviral drugs. model.
1st week Informing students on the Introduction to the laboratory work.

course grading system,
evaluation, course materials
and resources.
2nd week Concepts of Drug design.

Introduction to Drug
discovery and gene therapy.
3rd week Understanding different

gene expression data base Understanding sequential steps of drug
(Example: omnibus). discovery process.
4th week Protein/protein interaction

database. Drug pharmacokinetics and
pharmacodynamics.
Quiz 1.
5th week System biology database.

Main goals of gene expression omnibus
(the students are trained practically how
to use gene expression data base).
6th week Analyze the gene expression omnibus data

using GEO2R.
Revision
Quiz 1
Page 380 of 407

7th & 8th MIDTERM EXAMS

week
9th week Studying protein/protein interaction using DIP

Chemo-informatics data base.
database. Computer
representation of Assignment 1
molecules., Quiz 2
10th week PubChem database Differences between ligand and structure

based drug design
11th week Understanding therapeutic How to design a pharmacophore model.

features of RNA (Aptamers,
ribozymes, siRNA and Assignment 2
immune-stimulating RNA.
12th week Strategies for antiviral drug Quiz 2

design (HIV as a case
study).
Chemical drugs based

approaches.
13th week Strategies for antiviral drug Revision

design (HIV as a case
study).
Gene therapy based

approaches.
Page 381 of 407
**Each student should submit lab report each lab on the previous one.

A.1 PPP/Interactive Learning/Learning Groups
/computer aided tools
A.2
PPP/Interactive Learning/Learning Groups
/computer aided tools
B.1
PPP/Interactive Learning/Learning Groups
/ computer aided tools
B.2 PPP/Interactive Learning/Learning Groups
/ computer aided tools
C.1
Computer aided tools
C.2 Computer aided tools

-Students with some physical challenges are met occasionally to ensure that they receive the


CILOs Assessmen Assessment Grading Pass Assessment Timing Weight
t Method/s Tool Mode Mark Type
Page 382 of 407
A.1 Quiz T Multiple Marks Summative Week 3 2.5%

choice, short with
notes, feedback
Midterm Short Notes/ Marks Summative Week 7 5%
Essay questions
A.2 Quiz T Multiple Marks Summative Week 2,5%
notes, feedback
Essay questions
B.1 Quiz T Multiple Marks Summative Week
2.5%
notes, feedback
Midterm Short notes/ Summative
Essay 5%
question
B.2 assignment Write on Marks Summative Week 2.5%
feedback
Midterm Short notes/ Marks Summative Week 7 5%
Essay
question
C.1 Quiz P Short Notes Marks Summative Week 3 5%
with
feedback
experimental
procedures.
C.2 Quiz P Short Notes Marks Summative Week 5%
with 12
Final Short Notes, Marks feedback Week 7.5%
practical Essay 14
exam questions,
Experimental
procedures.
D1 Project Rubric Marks Summative Week 5%
with 14
feedback
A.1,A.2, Final Essay Letter 12 Summative Week 40%
B.1,B.2, Exam: Questions, Grading 16
case study,
Page 383 of 407
Diagrams.
Total 100%

2. Course Textbook Gad, S. (2005). Drug discovery handbook , New jersey: John Wile
3. Suggested Thomas F. Kresina. (2001). An Introduction to Molecular Medicine
Reference Books and Gene Therapy. USA: Wiley-Liss.
4. Suggested Nature reviews drug discovery
Periodicals/
Journals
11. Banner Data


Linked Course N/A
12. KIS Data

Page 384 of 407


Tutorials 0 0%
Total 5 100%
Page 385 of 407

1. Course Data
Code(s)
Course Code: MB303
Course Title Advanced Immunology
Course Leader Dr.Radwa Mekky
Credit 4
Units/Hours:
study:
Pre-requisite/s MB201
2. Aims/Objectives:
The aim of this course is to highlight the impact of immunology in fighting pathogen and to
emphasize the interplay between the innate and adaptive immune system to clear viral and
bacterial infections. The course explains the details of the role of major histocompatibility
complex in transplantation immunology. The course highlights the immune response against
tumors and how the cancer cells evade the immune system. The course focuses on the utilization
of immunotherapy for fighting Tumor cells.
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to show knowledge and
understanding of :
1- The innate and adaptive immune response to pathogens and tumor

cells, and autoimmune diseases.
2- The role of immune system in rejecting transplanted organs.
B. Cognitive Skills 1- Analyze how tumor cells evade the immune system.
Page 386 of 407
MB303, ADVANCED IMMUNOLOGY, 2017 FACULTY OF BIOTECHNOLOGY
2- Differentiate between different types of immunotherapy

3. Compare between different transfection methods.
C. Professional 1- Utilize Elisa to quantify the amount of antibodies in serum of patients.

Skills 2- Perform flow cytometry in order to detect the surface markers of
immune cell
3- Prepare immune cells cultures
Communication
Skills
Interplay between innate and adaptive immune A.1 Innate and adaptive immune A.1
system system. Cells and organs of
the immune system
Different subsets of lymphocytes and their A.1 Purification of antibodies and C.1
function in clearing pathogen. Quantification of antibodies
using Elisa
Molecular structure of MHC class 1 and 2 A.1 Cell culture of immune cells C.3
Transplantation immunology A.2 Flow cytometry C.2
Tumor immunology A.1, Manipulation of immune cells B.3

B.1 using different transfection
methods
Immunotherapy B.1, , Tumor immunology ( Focus A.1,
B.2 on immune surveillance and B.1
Tumor micro Environment)
Autoimmune diseases A.1 Immuno-informatics B.2
Group project D.1
Page 387 of 407

5. Learning and Teaching activities

1st week - Introduction to the course - Introduction to course material
materials
2nd week - Interplay between the - Innate and adaptive immune system
Innate and adaptive - Cells of the immune system
immune system
3rd week - The function of different - Purification of antibodies and

subsets of lymphocytes Quantification of antibodies using
- Quiz 1T Elisa
- Quiz1P
- Announcement on a project done in
a group of three.
4th week - The structure and - Introduction to cell culture

associated function of the techniques
Major histocompatibility
complex
5th week - Transplantation - Cell culture of immune cells

immunology
6th week - Revision - Flow cytometry
7th & 8th

weeks
MIDTERM EXAMS
9th week - Manipulation of immune cells using

- Tumor immunology different transfection methods
10th week - Immunotherapy - Tumor immunology ( Focus on

immune surveillance and Tumor
micro Environment)
11th week - Immunity against viruses - Immuno-informatics

and microbes
Page 388 of 407
- Assignment 1T
- Quiz 2T
12th week Autoimmune diseases - Quiz 2P
13th week - Quiz 3T - Revision
14th week - Revision - portfolio submission

- Project submission
- Practical Exams

A.1 Power point presentation /Interactive Learning/Learning Groups
A.2 Power point presentation /Interactive Learning/Learning Groups
B.1 Power point presentation /Interactive Learning/Learning Groups
and Hand out/ Practical Lab
B.2 Power point presentation /Interactive Learning/Learning Groups and Hand out/
Practical Lab
B.3 Hand out/ Practical Lab

information clearly and deal with their discomfort and active learning/ Moodle could be of great
practical activities difficult, are helped by TAs or technicians.
Page 389 of 407


- Virtual labs are available.
- A special table was designed to accommodate a student in a wheel chair.

k
A.1 Quiz T Short Notes Marks Summative Week 3 2.5%
with
feedback
Essay
questions
A.2 Quiz T Short Notes/ Marks Summative Week 2.5%
Essay with 11
questions feedback
B.1 Quiz T Short notes/ Marks Summative Week
Essay with 13 2.5%
question Lab feedback
report
Lab report Perform
experiment,
analyze
2.5%
results and
write a lab
report
B.2 assignment Write on Marks Summative Week 5%
feedback
C.1 Quiz P Short Notes Marks Summative Week 3 2.5%
with
feedback
Final Short Notes, Marks 12 Summative Week 5%
experimental
procedures.
Page 390 of 407

C.2 Quiz P Short Notes Marks Summative Week 2.5%

with 12
Final Short Notes, Marks feedback Week 5%
practical Essay 14
exam questions,
Experimenta
l procedures.
C.3 Final Short Notes, Marks Summative Week 5%
Experimenta
l procedures.
D1 project Rubric Marks Summative Week 5%
with 14
feedback
A1,A2B1,B2 Final Essay Letter 12 Summative Week 40%
, Exam: Questions, Grading 16
case study,
Diagrams.
Total 100%

7. Course Textbook Abbas, A. K., Lichtman, A. H., & Pillai, S. (2010). Cellular and
molecular immunology. Philadelphia: Saunders/Elsevier.
8. Suggested Murphy, K., Travers, P., Walport, M., & Janeway, C.
Reference Books (2008). Janeway's immunobiology. New York: Garland Science.
9. Suggested Blood
Periodicals/ Human immunology
Journals
11. Banner Data

Page 391 of 407


Linked Course N/A
12. KIS Data

Hours
Tutorials 0 0%
Total 4 100%
Page 392 of 407

1. Course Data
Code(s)
Course Code: BT307
Course Title Nanotechnology
Course Leader Dr. Ola Mohamed
Credit 4
Units/Hours:
study:
Pre-requisite/s BT201, CHM_102, PHY201
2. Aims/Objectives:
The aim of this course is to introduce the students to the emerging field of Nanoscience. The
course explains the future realities in the field of nanoscience and the applications of industrial
and business nanotechnology whilst emphasizing the skills and values related to the field.
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to::
1. The nanotechnology principles and industry applications
2. The nanoscale paradigm and history of nanotechnology
B. Cognitive Skills 1- Relate key concepts in materials science, chemistry, physics,
biology and engineering to the field of nanotechnology.
2- Apply current nanotechnology solutions in design, engineering
and manufacturing.
C. Professional Skills 1. Plan large-scale projects logically.
2. Report and present results in a professional manner.
Communication
Skills
Page 393 of 407

BT307, NANOTECHNOLOGY, 2017 FACULTY OF BIOTECHNOLOGY
4. Indicative Contents:
Theoretical content ILOs Practical content0 ILOs
Introduction to Nanoscience. A.1 Introduction to nanotechnology A.1
Synthesis and analysis of B.1,B.2 The types of nanomaterial. B.1,B.2

Nanomaterials
Nano-lithographic A.2,B.1,B.2 Preparation/ application of zinc B.1,B.2

techniques and Spectroscopy oxide nanoparticles.
of Nanomaterials.
.Thin Film Science. B1,B2 The application of chitosan B.1,

nanoparticles. B.2
Computational B.1,B.2 Antibacterial activity of zinc oxide B.1,B.2

Methods in Materials nanoparticles against E.coli
Science. bacteria.
Introduction to A.1,A.2 Preparation of gold nanoparticles. B.1,B.2

quantum Computing
and biological
nanomaterial.
Topics in Nanomaterials. A.1,B.1,B.2 Preparation of silver nanoparticles. B.1,B.2
Quantum Algorithms A.1,B.1,B.2 Preparation of magnetite B.1,B.2

and Quantum nanoparticles.
Cryptography.
Advanced Studies in A.1,B.1,B.2

Nanoscience
Nanoscience Research A.1,A.2,C.1,C.2,D.1

Project
Page 394 of 407

1st week Informing students on the course Introduction to the laboratory work
grading system, evaluation, course
materials and resources.
2nd week Nanotechnology principles and its Introduction to nanotechnology and the
applications. types of nanomaterial.
3rd week Nanoscale paradigm. Preparation of zinc oxide

nanoparticles.
Assignment 1T.
4th week Quiz 1T

Discussing the application of chitosan
nanoparticle.
5th week The key concepts in materials

science, chemistry, physics, Examining the antibacterial activity
biology and engineering to the of Zinc oxide.
field of nanotechnology.
6th week - Preparation of gold nanoparticles.
Revision - Quiz 1P
7th & 8th weeks MIDTERM EXAMS
Page 395 of 407

9th week
Current nanotechnology solutions
in design, engineering and Preparation of silver nanoparticles.
manufacturing.
10th week Preparation of magnetite nanoparticles.
The history of nanotechnology
11th week Project: Plan and carry out Quiz 2P

large-scale projects logically
and efficiently.
Presentation on the project

(Report and present results
in a professional manner).
12th week To evaluate research and Group presentation demonstrating new

academic publications application of nanotechnology in different
fields.
13th week Quiz 2T Revision
14th week The ability to work independently Portfolio submission.

with research.
*The subject of the assignments and projects will be defined by the instructor.**Each student
should submit lab report each lab on the previous one

Page 396 of 407

Hands on/Practical lab
C.1 Power point presentation/Interactive Learning/Learning Groups
C.2 Report writing and presentations



A.1 Quiz 1T Multiple Marks Summative Week 3 5%
choice, short with
notes, feedback
Midterm Short Notes/ Marks Week 7 5%
Essay questions
A.2 Quiz 1T Multiple Marks Summative Week 5%
notes, feedback
Midterm Short Notes/ Marks Week 7 5%
Essay questions
B.1 Quiz 1P Multiple Marks Summative Week 3
2.5%
choice, short with
notes, feedback
Midterm Short notes/ Marks Week 7
Essay 5%
question
Page 397 of 407
Final Short notes/ Marks Week

practical Essay 15
question
B.2 Final lab Write on Marks Summative Week 5%
practical selected topic with 15
Midterm Short notes/ Marks feedback Week 7 5%
Essay
question
C.1 Quiz 2P Short Notes Marks Summative Week 3 2.5%
with
feedback
experimental
procedures.
with 12
Lab report Write a lab Mark feedback Week 5%
report 12
with 14
feedback
A.1,A.2 Final Exam: Essay Letter 12 Summative Week 40%
,B.1,B. Questions, Grading 16
2, case study,
Diagrams.
Total 100%

2. Course Textbook Reddy,B. (2011), Advances in Diverse Industrial Applications of
Nanocomposites: InTech Press
3. Suggested Ramsden,J.(2009), Essentials of Nanotechnology, New York
Reference Books :Bookboon
4. Suggested Journal of nanoscience and Nanotechnology
Periodicals/
Journals
Page 398 of 407
11. Banner Data


Linked Course N/A
12. KIS Data

Tutorials 0 0%
Total 6 100%
Course Instructor: Dr. Ola Mohamed
Page 399 of 407

1. Course data:
Course code BT402
Course title Stem Cell Biotechnology
Leader Dr. Hesham Eissa
Level 3 4 5 6 ✓ 7 Year3 or 4 /sem1 or 2
Credit hours 4
study:
Pre-requisites BIO201, BT202
2. Aims/Objectives:
The aim of this course is to provide students with the proper training in the rapidly expanding
scientific arena of Stem Cell Technology, and provide students with training in life sciences in
the diverse aspects of cell culture, tissue engineering, and clinical requirements.
Upon the completion of the course, the student will be able to show knowledge and
understanding of:
1. Aspects of basic molecular and developmental biology

relevant to stem cell science.
B. Cognitive Skills 1. Apply principles of embryonic and adult stem cell
derivation, culture, differentiation, transfection, tissue
Page 400 of 407

BT402, STEM CELL TECHNOLOGY, 2017 FACULTY OF BIOTECHNOLOGY
engineering and exploitation.

2. Discover the origins and diversity of embryonic stem cell
types.
C. Professional Skills 1. Apply knowledge of methods of culturing and maintaining
stem cells.
2. Use methods of quantitating and analyzing cellular
proteins, and using fluorescent markers and stains in cell
biology research.
17. Umbilical cord blood A.1, B.2,
1. What is a stem cell A.1
banking C.1
A.1, 18. Cord blood stem cell
2. Stem Cells Biology B.1, C.1
B.2 separation
3. Stem Cell Culture B.1 19. Bone marrow banking C.1
4. Isolation of Cells for Culture B.1 20. Stem cell culture B.1, C.1
B.1, B.1, C.1,
5. Culture validation 21. Stem cell sorting
C.1 C.2, D.1
B.1,
6. Cord Blood and Stem Cell Banking 22. Flowcytometry C.2
C.1
B.1,
7. Induced Pluripotent Stem Cells IPS's C.1,
C.2
8. Stem Cell Therapy A.1
9. Bone Marrow Transplantation A.1
Page 401 of 407

1st week What is a stem cell Umbilical cord blood banking
2nd week Stem Cells Biology Cord blood stem cell separation
3rd week Stem Cell Culture Field trip to the cell safe bank
* Assignment.T1
4th week Isolation of Cells for Culture Bone marrow banking

5th week Stem cell culture

Culture validation
* Quiz.P1
6th week Cord Blood and Stem Cell Banking 1 Stem cell sorting
7th & MID-TERM EXAMS

8th weeks
9th week Cord blood and stem cell banking 2 Flowcytometry

10th week Induced Pluripotent Stem Cells IPS's Field trip to the NSA laboratory Group 1
11th week Stem Cell Therapy Field trip to the NSA laboratory Group 2
* Quiz.T2 * Quiz.P2
12th week Bone Marrow Transplantation Revision
13th week Revision
A.1 Active learning, integrating technology, case method, and discussion
method
Page 402 of 407

method
method
method
method
practical work and field trips

laboratory work.

• Virtual labs.

CILOs Timing Weight
Short Summative
B.1 Assignment.T1 descriptive Marks with Week 3 2.5%
note feedback
Summative
B.1 Quiz.T1 Short notes Marks with Week 4 5%
feedback
C.1 Assignment.P1 Short Marks Summative Week 4 2.5%
Page 403 of 407

descriptive with
note feedback
Summative
B.1,
C.1
feedback
A.1,
Essay Week
B.1, Midterm exam Marks Summative 20%
questions 7,8
C.1
B.1, Short Summative
C.1, Assignment.T2 descriptive Marks with Week 9 2.5%
C.2 note feedback
Short Summative
C.2 Assignment.P2 descriptive Marks with Week 9 2.5%
note feedback
B.1, Summative
Week
C.1, Quiz.P2 Short notes Marks with 2.5%
11
C.2 feedback
Summative
Week
A.1 Quiz.T2 Short notes Marks with 5%
11
feedback
Essay
B.1,
C.1, Marks Summative 15%
Exam cases, 14
C.2
practical
A.1,
Essay
B.1, Letter Week
C.1, grading 14
cases.
C.2
Total 100%
Page 404 of 407


2. Course Textbook Lanza, R., Gearhart, J., Hogan, B., Melton, D., Pedersen, R.,
Thomas, E. D., & West, M. (Eds.). (2005). Essentials of stem cell
biology. Academic Press.
3. Suggested Reference Holland, S., Lebacqz, K., & Zoloth, L. (Eds.). (2001). The human
Books embryonic stem cell debate: Science, ethics, and public policy (Vol.
3). MIT Press.
4. Suggested International Journal of Stem Cells
5. Useful Websites California's Stem Cell Agency, (2015). Stem Cell Research
Guidance Documents. Retrieved from https://www.cirm.ca.gov/our-
funding/stem-cell-research-guidance-documents
11. Banner Data


Term of Delivery Fall/Spring
Page 405 of 407


Linked Course N/A
12. KIS Data

Hours
Tutorials 0 0%
Total 5 100%
Course Instructor: Dr. Hesham Eissa
Page 406 of 407


Faculty of Biotechnology: Courses Classification According To: Levels

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Faculty of Biotechnology: Courses Classification According To: Levels

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Faculty of Biotechnology: Courses Classification According To: Levels

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Faculty of

Courses classification according to:

Host Faculty Biotechnology

5. Learning and Teaching Activities

Week Lecture Laboratory

1 Introduction to Botany Lab (1): Plant Morphology

2 Taxonomy of living Lab (2): Root regions

Modifications in plants Lab (3): Modifications in plants.

Assignment 1T Practical: Extraction of peppermint oil from peppermint leaves.

Plant kingdom 1/2 Lab (4): Plant cell.

Plant kingdom2/2 Lab (5): Plant root.

6 Practical: Microscopic identification of root.

Plant stems and roots Lab (6): Plant shoot.

7 Quiz 2T Practical: Microscopic identification of shoot.

8&9 MIDTERM EXAMS

Bacteria Lab (7): Bacteria

11 Practical: cocci and bacilli bacteria identification under

Fungi Lab (8): Fungi and algae

12 Practical: Microscopic identification

Algae Lab (9): Revision

14 Revision Practical exam

15 FINAL TERM EXAMS

CILOs Teaching Strategy/ies

A.1 Lectures, labs, discussion and moodle system.

7. Strategies for Teaching Students with Special Needs

8. Required Resources/ Facilities

9. Assessment Methods and Tools:

10. Indicative Course Materials and Reading Texts:

11. Banner Data

Replacement for existing course? Yes No ✓

IF YES - Course being replaced

IF Course is a replacement for an existing

Transfer students to new course? Yes No ✓

Effective Start Date First day of classes

Term of Delivery Fall

Donor Teaching Faculty of Biotechnology

Donor Department Basic Sciences

Partner College School of Sciences, Greenwich

Linked Course N/A

External Examiner David Hughes

12. KIS Data

Scheduled teaching 2 50%

Guided Independent Study 0 0%

Practical Work 2 50%

Placement / Year Abroad 0 0%

Course Instructor: Dr. Amgad Rady & Ahmed Gomaa

Head of the Academic Department:

Host Department Biotechnology

2. Cell physiology. A.2 & The General Viscera of the A.2,

5. Learning and Teaching Activities

Week Lecture Laboratory

Introduction to the course materials Introduction to the laboratory work.

Introduction to animal cell and its Sessions of dissection

Body physiology The General Viscera of the Frog.

Reproduction The Urinogenital System of the Frog (male

Embryonic development The Nervous System of the Frog.

6 Revision The Skeletal System of the Frog.

7&8 MIDTERM EXAMS

Various tissues and body physiology. Section 2: Histology part I